projects / deliverable / binutils-gdb.git / blame
? search:
summary | shortlog | log | commit | commitdiff | tree
blob | blame (incremental) | history | HEAD
A tidy of ld/ldlang.c, and add missing Makefile dependencies
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / config / tc-hppa.c
CommitLineData
252b5132 1/* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
ad1079af 2 Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000
49309057 3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH		 4
5 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
6
7 GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
19 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
20 02111-1307, USA. */
21
22
23/* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
24 at the University of Utah. */
25
26#include <stdio.h>
27#include <ctype.h>
28
29#include "as.h"
30#include "subsegs.h"
31
32#include "bfd/libhppa.h"
252b5132
RH		 33
34/* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */
35#include "opcode/hppa.h"
36
49863f82
JL		 37#if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
38error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
39#endif
40
2d93dcc4
JL		 41/* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
42 records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
43 then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */
44#ifdef OBJ_ELF
45#include "dwarf2dbg.h"
46struct dwarf2_line_info debug_line;
2d93dcc4 47
252b5132
RH		 48/* A "convient" place to put object file dependencies which do
49 not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */
ad1079af 50
252b5132 51/* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
ad1079af 52typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
252b5132
RH		 53
54/* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
55typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
ad1079af
AM		 56#define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
57 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
252b5132 58
ad1079af 59#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
252b5132 60/* How to generate a relocation. */
b388df87
JL		 61#define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
62#else
63#define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
64#endif
252b5132
RH		 65
66/* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
67 to store a copyright string. */
68#define obj_version obj_elf_version
69#define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
46031ca9
JL		 70
71#define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
ad1079af 72#endif /* OBJ_ELF */
252b5132
RH		 73
74#ifdef OBJ_SOM
75/* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */
76#define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$"
77#define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$"
78#define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$"
79#define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$"
80
81/* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
82typedef int reloc_type;
83
84/* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */
85#define obj_version obj_som_version
86#define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
87
252b5132
RH		 88/* How to generate a relocation. */
89#define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
90
91/* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
92typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
ad1079af
AM		 93#define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
94 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
252b5132
RH		 95
96/* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */
97#ifndef R_DLT_REL
98#define R_DLT_REL 0x78
99#endif
252b5132
RH		 100
101#ifndef R_N0SEL
102#define R_N0SEL 0xd8
103#endif
104
105#ifndef R_N1SEL
106#define R_N1SEL 0xd9
107#endif
ad1079af 108#endif /* OBJ_SOM */
252b5132
RH		 109
110/* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */
111
112/* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */
113
114struct unwind_desc
115 {
116 unsigned int cannot_unwind:1;
117 unsigned int millicode:1;
118 unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1;
119 unsigned int region_desc:2;
120 unsigned int save_sr:2;
121 unsigned int entry_fr:4;
122 unsigned int entry_gr:5;
123 unsigned int args_stored:1;
124 unsigned int call_fr:5;
125 unsigned int call_gr:5;
126 unsigned int save_sp:1;
127 unsigned int save_rp:1;
128 unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1;
129 unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1;
130 unsigned int cleanup_defined:1;
131
132 unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1;
133 unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1;
134 unsigned int reserved:3;
135 unsigned int frame_size:27;
136 };
137
138struct unwind_table
139 {
140 /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
141 descriptor. */
142 unsigned int start_offset;
143 unsigned int end_offset;
144 struct unwind_desc descriptor;
145 };
146
147/* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to
148 control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in
149 creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors.
150
151 NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of
152 prologues and epilogues. FIXME.
153
154 The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the
155 .callinfo pseudo-op. */
156
157struct call_info
158 {
159 /* The unwind descriptor being built. */
160 struct unwind_table ci_unwind;
161
162 /* Name of this function. */
163 symbolS *start_symbol;
164
165 /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */
166 symbolS *end_symbol;
167
168 /* Next entry in the chain. */
169 struct call_info *ci_next;
170 };
171
172/* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions
173 allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows
174 SGL and DBL). */
175typedef enum
176 {
177 SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
178 }
179fp_operand_format;
180
181/* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to
182 an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation
183 (ELF has no need for it). */
184typedef enum
185 {
186 SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
187 SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE,
188 SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE,
189 SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA,
190 SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY,
191 SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE,
192 SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL,
193 SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG,
194 SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG,
195 }
196pa_symbol_type;
197
198/* This structure contains information needed to assemble
199 individual instructions. */
200struct pa_it
201 {
202 /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */
203 unsigned long opcode;
204
205 /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */
206 expressionS exp;
207
208 /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */
209 int pcrel;
210
211 /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */
212 fp_operand_format fpof1;
213 fp_operand_format fpof2;
214
1cf6ae67
JL		 215 /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */
216 int trunc;
252b5132
RH		 217
218 /* Holds the field selector for this instruction
219 (for example L%, LR%, etc). */
220 long field_selector;
221
222 /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
223 instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */
ad1079af 224 unsigned int arg_reloc;
252b5132
RH		 225
226 /* The format specification for this instruction. */
227 int format;
228
229 /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */
230 reloc_type reloc;
231 };
232
233/* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
234
235
236 +--------------+--------------+
237 | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R |
238 +--------------+--------------+
239 | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R |
240 +--------------+--------------+
241 | | |
242
243 . . .
244 . . .
245 . . .
246
247 | | |
248 +--------------+--------------+
249 | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R |
250 +--------------+--------------+
251 | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R |
252 +--------------+--------------+
253
254
255 The following is a version of pa_parse_number that
256 handles the L/R notation and returns the correct
257 value to put into the instruction register field.
258 The correct value to put into the instruction is
259 encoded in the structure 'pa_11_fp_reg_struct'. */
260
261struct pa_11_fp_reg_struct
262 {
263 /* The register number. */
264 char number_part;
265
266 /* L/R selector. */
267 char l_r_select;
268 };
269
270/* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */
271struct call_desc
272 {
273 /* The argument relocation specification. */
274 unsigned int arg_reloc;
275
276 /* Number of arguments. */
277 unsigned int arg_count;
278 };
279
49863f82 280#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 281/* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
282 chain. */
283
284struct subspace_dictionary_chain
285 {
286 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */
287 unsigned int ssd_defined;
288
289 /* Name of this subspace. */
290 char *ssd_name;
291
292 /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */
293 asection *ssd_seg;
294 int ssd_subseg;
295
296 /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */
297 struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next;
298 };
299
300typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct;
301
302/* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
303 chain. */
304
305struct space_dictionary_chain
306 {
307 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
308 as a default space. */
309 unsigned int sd_defined;
310
311 /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */
312 unsigned int sd_user_defined;
313
314 /* The space number (or index). */
315 unsigned int sd_spnum;
316
317 /* The name of this subspace. */
318 char *sd_name;
319
320 /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */
321 asection *sd_seg;
322
323 /* Current subsegment number being used. */
324 int sd_last_subseg;
325
326 /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */
327 ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces;
328
329 /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */
330 struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next;
331 };
332
333typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
334
252b5132
RH		 335/* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
336 dictionary entries. */
337
338struct default_subspace_dict
339 {
340 /* Name of the subspace. */
341 char *name;
342
343 /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */
344 char defined;
345
346 /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */
347 char loadable;
348
349 /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */
350 char code_only;
351
352 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */
353 char common;
354
355 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols
356 to be multiply defined. */
357 char dup_common;
358
359 /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */
360 char zero;
361
362 /* Sort key for this subspace. */
363 unsigned char sort;
364
365 /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access
366 as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */
367 int access;
368
369 /* Index of containing space. */
370 int space_index;
371
372 /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */
373 int alignment;
374
375 /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */
376 int quadrant;
377
378 /* An index into the default spaces array. */
379 int def_space_index;
380
252b5132
RH		 381 /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */
382 subsegT subsegment;
383 };
384
385/* This structure defines attributes of the default space
386 dictionary entries. */
387
388struct default_space_dict
389 {
390 /* Name of the space. */
391 char *name;
392
393 /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within
394 assembly code numerically! */
395 int spnum;
396
397 /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */
398 char loadable;
399
400 /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */
401 char defined;
402
403 /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */
404 char private;
405
406 /* Sort key for this space. */
407 unsigned char sort;
408
409 /* Segment associated with this space. */
410 asection *segment;
252b5132 411 };
49863f82
JL		 412#endif
413
414/* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments,
415 callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
416 label. */
417typedef struct label_symbol_struct
418 {
419 struct symbol *lss_label;
420#ifdef OBJ_SOM
421 sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
422#endif
423#ifdef OBJ_ELF
424 segT lss_segment;
425#endif
426 struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
427 }
428label_symbol_struct;
252b5132
RH		 429
430/* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */
431struct hppa_fix_struct
432 {
433 /* The field selector. */
434 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
435
436 /* Type of fixup. */
437 int fx_r_type;
438
439 /* Format of fixup. */
440 int fx_r_format;
441
442 /* Argument relocation bits. */
ad1079af 443 unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
252b5132
RH		 444
445 /* The segment this fixup appears in. */
446 segT segment;
447 };
448
449/* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */
450
451struct pd_reg
452 {
453 char *name;
454 int value;
455 };
456
457/* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string
458 to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */
459struct fp_cond_map
460 {
461 char *string;
462 int cond;
463 };
464
465/* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector
466 string to a field selector type. */
467struct selector_entry
468 {
469 char *prefix;
470 int field_selector;
471 };
472
473/* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */
474
49863f82 475#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132 476static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace PARAMS ((void));
49863f82
JL		 477#endif
478
ad1079af
AM		 479#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
480static void pa_text PARAMS ((int));
481static void pa_data PARAMS ((int));
482static void pa_comm PARAMS ((int));
483#endif
252b5132
RH		 484static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_format PARAMS ((char **s));
485static void pa_cons PARAMS ((int));
252b5132
RH		 486static void pa_float_cons PARAMS ((int));
487static void pa_fill PARAMS ((int));
488static void pa_lcomm PARAMS ((int));
489static void pa_lsym PARAMS ((int));
490static void pa_stringer PARAMS ((int));
252b5132
RH		 491static void pa_version PARAMS ((int));
492static int pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond PARAMS ((char **));
493static int get_expression PARAMS ((char *));
494static int pa_get_absolute_expression PARAMS ((struct pa_it *, char **));
495static int evaluate_absolute PARAMS ((struct pa_it *));
496static unsigned int pa_build_arg_reloc PARAMS ((char *));
497static unsigned int pa_align_arg_reloc PARAMS ((unsigned int, unsigned int));
498static int pa_parse_nullif PARAMS ((char **));
499static int pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
500static int pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
501static int pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
502static int pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
d53d2751
JL		 503static int pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
504static int pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
505static int pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
252b5132
RH		 506static void pa_block PARAMS ((int));
507static void pa_brtab PARAMS ((int));
508static void pa_try PARAMS ((int));
509static void pa_call PARAMS ((int));
510static void pa_call_args PARAMS ((struct call_desc *));
511static void pa_callinfo PARAMS ((int));
252b5132
RH		 512static void pa_copyright PARAMS ((int));
513static void pa_end PARAMS ((int));
514static void pa_enter PARAMS ((int));
515static void pa_entry PARAMS ((int));
516static void pa_equ PARAMS ((int));
517static void pa_exit PARAMS ((int));
518static void pa_export PARAMS ((int));
519static void pa_type_args PARAMS ((symbolS *, int));
520static void pa_import PARAMS ((int));
521static void pa_label PARAMS ((int));
522static void pa_leave PARAMS ((int));
523static void pa_level PARAMS ((int));
524static void pa_origin PARAMS ((int));
525static void pa_proc PARAMS ((int));
526static void pa_procend PARAMS ((int));
252b5132
RH		 527static void pa_param PARAMS ((int));
528static void pa_undefine_label PARAMS ((void));
529static int need_pa11_opcode PARAMS ((struct pa_it *,
530 struct pa_11_fp_reg_struct *));
531static int pa_parse_number PARAMS ((char **, struct pa_11_fp_reg_struct *));
532static label_symbol_struct *pa_get_label PARAMS ((void));
49863f82 533#ifdef OBJ_SOM
3f9b03b5 534static int log2 PARAMS ((int));
49863f82
JL		 535static void pa_compiler PARAMS ((int));
536static void pa_align PARAMS ((int));
537static void pa_space PARAMS ((int));
538static void pa_spnum PARAMS ((int));
539static void pa_subspace PARAMS ((int));
252b5132
RH		 540static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space PARAMS ((char *, int, int,
541 int, int, int,
542 asection *, int));
543static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
544 char *, int, int,
545 int, int, int,
546 int, int, int, int,
547 int, asection *));
548static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
549 char *, int, int, int,
550 int, int, int, int,
551 int, int, int,
552 asection *));
553static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space PARAMS ((char *));
554static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace PARAMS ((char *));
555static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space PARAMS ((asection *));
556static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace PARAMS ((asection *,
557 subsegT));
558static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number PARAMS ((int));
559static unsigned int pa_subspace_start PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *, int));
49863f82
JL		 560static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt PARAMS ((char *, int));
561static int pa_next_subseg PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *));
562static void pa_spaces_begin PARAMS ((void));
563#endif
252b5132
RH		 564static void pa_ip PARAMS ((char *));
565static void fix_new_hppa PARAMS ((fragS *, int, int, symbolS *,
ad1079af 566 offsetT, expressionS *, int,
252b5132
RH		 567 bfd_reloc_code_real_type,
568 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt,
ad1079af 569 int, unsigned int, int *));
252b5132
RH		 570static int is_end_of_statement PARAMS ((void));
571static int reg_name_search PARAMS ((char *));
572static int pa_chk_field_selector PARAMS ((char **));
573static int is_same_frag PARAMS ((fragS *, fragS *));
574static void process_exit PARAMS ((void));
252b5132 575static unsigned int pa_stringer_aux PARAMS ((char *));
1cf6ae67
JL		 576static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_cnv_format PARAMS ((char **s));
577static int pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer PARAMS ((char **));
252b5132
RH		 578
579#ifdef OBJ_ELF
580static void hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function PARAMS ((void));
581static void pa_build_unwind_subspace PARAMS ((struct call_info *));
582#endif
583
584/* File and gloally scoped variable declarations. */
585
49863f82 586#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 587/* Root and final entry in the space chain. */
588static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
589static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
590
591/* The current space and subspace. */
592static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
593static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
49863f82 594#endif
252b5132
RH		 595
596/* Root of the call_info chain. */
597static struct call_info *call_info_root;
598
599/* The last call_info (for functions) structure
600 seen so it can be associated with fixups and
601 function labels. */
602static struct call_info *last_call_info;
603
604/* The last call description (for actual calls). */
605static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
606
607/* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
608static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL;
609
252b5132
RH		 610/* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these
611 are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
612 dependent tables? */
613const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
614{
615 /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
616 not the log2 of the requested alignment. */
49863f82 617#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132 618 {"align", pa_align, 8},
49863f82
JL		 619#endif
620#ifdef OBJ_ELF
621 {"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
622#endif
252b5132
RH		 623 {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
624 {"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
625 {"block", pa_block, 1},
626 {"blockz", pa_block, 0},
627 {"byte", pa_cons, 1},
628 {"call", pa_call, 0},
629 {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
ad1079af
AM		 630#if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX)
631 {"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
632#else
633 {"code", pa_text, 0},
252b5132 634 {"comm", pa_comm, 0},
ad1079af 635#endif
252b5132
RH		 636#ifdef OBJ_SOM
637 {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
638#endif
639 {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
ad1079af 640#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
252b5132 641 {"data", pa_data, 0},
ad1079af 642#endif
252b5132 643 {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
077db52a 644 {"dword", pa_cons, 8},
252b5132
RH		 645 {"end", pa_end, 0},
646 {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
ad1079af 647#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
252b5132 648 {"end_try", pa_try, 0},
ad1079af 649#endif
252b5132
RH		 650 {"enter", pa_enter, 0},
651 {"entry", pa_entry, 0},
652 {"equ", pa_equ, 0},
653 {"exit", pa_exit, 0},
654 {"export", pa_export, 0},
2d93dcc4 655#ifdef OBJ_ELF
ad1079af 656 {"file", dwarf2_directive_file, 0 },
2d93dcc4 657#endif
252b5132
RH		 658 {"fill", pa_fill, 0},
659 {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
660 {"half", pa_cons, 2},
661 {"import", pa_import, 0},
662 {"int", pa_cons, 4},
663 {"label", pa_label, 0},
664 {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
665 {"leave", pa_leave, 0},
666 {"level", pa_level, 0},
2d93dcc4 667#ifdef OBJ_ELF
ad1079af 668 {"loc", dwarf2_directive_loc, 0 },
2d93dcc4 669#endif
252b5132
RH		 670 {"long", pa_cons, 4},
671 {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
49863f82 672#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132 673 {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
49863f82 674#endif
252b5132
RH		 675 {"octa", pa_cons, 16},
676 {"org", pa_origin, 0},
677 {"origin", pa_origin, 0},
678 {"param", pa_param, 0},
679 {"proc", pa_proc, 0},
680 {"procend", pa_procend, 0},
681 {"quad", pa_cons, 8},
682 {"reg", pa_equ, 1},
683 {"short", pa_cons, 2},
684 {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
49863f82 685#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 686 {"space", pa_space, 0},
687 {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
49863f82 688#endif
252b5132
RH		 689 {"string", pa_stringer, 0},
690 {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
49863f82 691#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132 692 {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
49863f82 693#endif
ad1079af 694#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
252b5132 695 {"text", pa_text, 0},
ad1079af 696#endif
252b5132
RH		 697 {"version", pa_version, 0},
698 {"word", pa_cons, 4},
699 {NULL, 0, 0}
700};
701
702/* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
703 a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
704 .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.
705
706 Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
707 first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs
708 #NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
709
710 Also note that C style comments will always work. */
711const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
712
ad1079af
AM		 713/* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the
714 pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */
715const char comment_chars[] = ";";
716
252b5132
RH		 717/* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */
718const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
719
720/* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */
721const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
722
723/* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
724 As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
725
726 Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
727 changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't hae to know abou it at
728 all, but nothing is ideal around here. */
729const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
730
731static struct pa_it the_insn;
732
733/* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expressoin
734 and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
735 variable. */
736static char *expr_end;
737
738/* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */
739static int callinfo_found;
740
741/* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */
742static int within_entry_exit;
743
744/* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */
745static int within_procedure;
746
ad1079af 747/* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
252b5132
RH		 748 seen in each subspace. */
749static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
750
751/* Holds the last field selector. */
752static int hppa_field_selector;
753
0f4f8b56
JL		 754/* Nonzero when strict syntax checking is enabled. Zero otherwise.
755
756 Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or not
757 strict syntax checking should be enabled for that instruction. */
758static int strict = 0;
759
993142d5 760#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 761/* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */
762static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
993142d5 763#endif
252b5132
RH		 764
765/* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */
766static int print_errors = 1;
767
768/* List of registers that are pre-defined:
769
770 Each general register has one predefined name of the form
771 %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
772
773 Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
774 but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
775
776 Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
777 %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined
778 names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which
779 again have the value <REGNUM>.
780
781 Many registers also have synonyms:
782
783 %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
784 %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
785 %r30 has %sp as a synonym
786 %r27 has %dp as a synonym
787 %r2 has %rp as a synonym
788
789 Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
790 here for brevity.
791
792 The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */
793
794static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
795{
796 {"%arg0", 26},
797 {"%arg1", 25},
798 {"%arg2", 24},
799 {"%arg3", 23},
800 {"%cr0", 0},
801 {"%cr10", 10},
802 {"%cr11", 11},
803 {"%cr12", 12},
804 {"%cr13", 13},
805 {"%cr14", 14},
806 {"%cr15", 15},
807 {"%cr16", 16},
808 {"%cr17", 17},
809 {"%cr18", 18},
810 {"%cr19", 19},
811 {"%cr20", 20},
812 {"%cr21", 21},
813 {"%cr22", 22},
814 {"%cr23", 23},
815 {"%cr24", 24},
816 {"%cr25", 25},
817 {"%cr26", 26},
818 {"%cr27", 27},
819 {"%cr28", 28},
820 {"%cr29", 29},
821 {"%cr30", 30},
822 {"%cr31", 31},
823 {"%cr8", 8},
824 {"%cr9", 9},
825 {"%dp", 27},
826 {"%eiem", 15},
827 {"%eirr", 23},
828 {"%fr0", 0},
829 {"%fr0l", 0},
830 {"%fr0r", 0},
831 {"%fr1", 1},
832 {"%fr10", 10},
833 {"%fr10l", 10},
834 {"%fr10r", 10},
835 {"%fr11", 11},
836 {"%fr11l", 11},
837 {"%fr11r", 11},
838 {"%fr12", 12},
839 {"%fr12l", 12},
840 {"%fr12r", 12},
841 {"%fr13", 13},
842 {"%fr13l", 13},
843 {"%fr13r", 13},
844 {"%fr14", 14},
845 {"%fr14l", 14},
846 {"%fr14r", 14},
847 {"%fr15", 15},
848 {"%fr15l", 15},
849 {"%fr15r", 15},
850 {"%fr16", 16},
851 {"%fr16l", 16},
852 {"%fr16r", 16},
853 {"%fr17", 17},
854 {"%fr17l", 17},
855 {"%fr17r", 17},
856 {"%fr18", 18},
857 {"%fr18l", 18},
858 {"%fr18r", 18},
859 {"%fr19", 19},
860 {"%fr19l", 19},
861 {"%fr19r", 19},
862 {"%fr1l", 1},
863 {"%fr1r", 1},
864 {"%fr2", 2},
865 {"%fr20", 20},
866 {"%fr20l", 20},
867 {"%fr20r", 20},
868 {"%fr21", 21},
869 {"%fr21l", 21},
870 {"%fr21r", 21},
871 {"%fr22", 22},
872 {"%fr22l", 22},
873 {"%fr22r", 22},
874 {"%fr23", 23},
875 {"%fr23l", 23},
876 {"%fr23r", 23},
877 {"%fr24", 24},
878 {"%fr24l", 24},
879 {"%fr24r", 24},
880 {"%fr25", 25},
881 {"%fr25l", 25},
882 {"%fr25r", 25},
883 {"%fr26", 26},
884 {"%fr26l", 26},
885 {"%fr26r", 26},
886 {"%fr27", 27},
887 {"%fr27l", 27},
888 {"%fr27r", 27},
889 {"%fr28", 28},
890 {"%fr28l", 28},
891 {"%fr28r", 28},
892 {"%fr29", 29},
893 {"%fr29l", 29},
894 {"%fr29r", 29},
895 {"%fr2l", 2},
896 {"%fr2r", 2},
897 {"%fr3", 3},
898 {"%fr30", 30},
899 {"%fr30l", 30},
900 {"%fr30r", 30},
901 {"%fr31", 31},
902 {"%fr31l", 31},
903 {"%fr31r", 31},
904 {"%fr3l", 3},
905 {"%fr3r", 3},
906 {"%fr4", 4},
907 {"%fr4l", 4},
908 {"%fr4r", 4},
909 {"%fr5", 5},
910 {"%fr5l", 5},
911 {"%fr5r", 5},
912 {"%fr6", 6},
913 {"%fr6l", 6},
914 {"%fr6r", 6},
915 {"%fr7", 7},
916 {"%fr7l", 7},
917 {"%fr7r", 7},
918 {"%fr8", 8},
919 {"%fr8l", 8},
920 {"%fr8r", 8},
921 {"%fr9", 9},
922 {"%fr9l", 9},
923 {"%fr9r", 9},
924 {"%hta", 25},
925 {"%iir", 19},
926 {"%ior", 21},
927 {"%ipsw", 22},
928 {"%isr", 20},
929 {"%itmr", 16},
930 {"%iva", 14},
931 {"%pcoq", 18},
932 {"%pcsq", 17},
933 {"%pidr1", 8},
934 {"%pidr2", 9},
935 {"%pidr3", 12},
936 {"%pidr4", 13},
937 {"%ppda", 24},
938 {"%r0", 0},
939 {"%r1", 1},
940 {"%r10", 10},
941 {"%r11", 11},
942 {"%r12", 12},
943 {"%r13", 13},
944 {"%r14", 14},
945 {"%r15", 15},
946 {"%r16", 16},
947 {"%r17", 17},
948 {"%r18", 18},
949 {"%r19", 19},
950 {"%r2", 2},
951 {"%r20", 20},
952 {"%r21", 21},
953 {"%r22", 22},
954 {"%r23", 23},
955 {"%r24", 24},
956 {"%r25", 25},
957 {"%r26", 26},
958 {"%r27", 27},
959 {"%r28", 28},
960 {"%r29", 29},
961 {"%r3", 3},
962 {"%r30", 30},
963 {"%r31", 31},
964 {"%r4", 4},
965 {"%r5", 5},
966 {"%r6", 6},
967 {"%r7", 7},
968 {"%r8", 8},
969 {"%r9", 9},
970 {"%rctr", 0},
971 {"%ret0", 28},
972 {"%ret1", 29},
973 {"%rp", 2},
974 {"%sar", 11},
975 {"%sp", 30},
976 {"%sr0", 0},
977 {"%sr1", 1},
978 {"%sr2", 2},
979 {"%sr3", 3},
980 {"%sr4", 4},
981 {"%sr5", 5},
982 {"%sr6", 6},
983 {"%sr7", 7},
984 {"%tr0", 24},
985 {"%tr1", 25},
986 {"%tr2", 26},
987 {"%tr3", 27},
988 {"%tr4", 28},
989 {"%tr5", 29},
990 {"%tr6", 30},
991 {"%tr7", 31}
992};
993
994/* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
995 so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
996 for < first, we would get a false match. */
997static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
998{
999 {"false?", 0},
1000 {"false", 1},
1001 {"true?", 30},
1002 {"true", 31},
1003 {"!<=>", 3},
1004 {"!?>=", 8},
1005 {"!?<=", 16},
1006 {"!<>", 7},
1007 {"!>=", 11},
1008 {"!?>", 12},
1009 {"?<=", 14},
1010 {"!<=", 19},
1011 {"!?<", 20},
1012 {"?>=", 22},
1013 {"!?=", 24},
1014 {"!=t", 27},
1015 {"<=>", 29},
1016 {"=t", 5},
1017 {"?=", 6},
1018 {"?<", 10},
1019 {"<=", 13},
1020 {"!>", 15},
1021 {"?>", 18},
1022 {">=", 21},
1023 {"!<", 23},
1024 {"<>", 25},
1025 {"!=", 26},
1026 {"!?", 28},
1027 {"?", 2},
1028 {"=", 4},
1029 {"<", 9},
1030 {">", 17}
1031};
1032
1033static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] =
1034{
1035 {"f", e_fsel},
1036 {"l", e_lsel},
1037 {"ld", e_ldsel},
1038 {"lp", e_lpsel},
1039 {"lr", e_lrsel},
1040 {"ls", e_lssel},
1041 {"lt", e_ltsel},
39ba5561 1042 {"ltp", e_ltpsel},
252b5132
RH		 1043 {"n", e_nsel},
1044 {"nl", e_nlsel},
1045 {"nlr", e_nlrsel},
1046 {"p", e_psel},
1047 {"r", e_rsel},
1048 {"rd", e_rdsel},
1049 {"rp", e_rpsel},
1050 {"rr", e_rrsel},
1051 {"rs", e_rssel},
1052 {"rt", e_rtsel},
39ba5561 1053 {"rtp", e_rtpsel},
252b5132
RH		 1054 {"t", e_tsel},
1055};
1056
49863f82 1057#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 1058/* default space and subspace dictionaries */
1059
1060#define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1061#define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1062
1063/* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */
1064#define SUBSEG_CODE 0
1065#define SUBSEG_LIT 1
1066#define SUBSEG_MILLI 2
1067#define SUBSEG_DATA 0
1068#define SUBSEG_BSS 2
1069#define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
1070#define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
1071#define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1
1072
1073static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
1074{
49863f82
JL		 1075 {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
1076 {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
1077 {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
1078 {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
1079 {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
252b5132
RH		 1080 {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
1081};
1082
1083static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
1084{
49863f82
JL		 1085 {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
1086 {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
1087 {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
252b5132
RH		 1088};
1089
1090/* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */
1091
252b5132
RH		 1092/* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */
1093#define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined
1094#define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
1095#define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum
1096#define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name
1097
1098#define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined
1099#define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name
49863f82
JL		 1100#endif
1101
1102/* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
1103 a right or left half of a FP register */
1104#define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
1105#define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
252b5132
RH		 1106
1107/* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip
1108 main loop after insertion. */
1109
1110#define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \
1111 { \
1112 ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \
1113 continue; \
1114 }
1115
1116/* Simple range checking for FIELD againt HIGH and LOW bounds.
1117 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1118
1119#define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
1120 { \
1121 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1122 { \
1123 if (! IGNORE) \
1124 as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1125 (int) (FIELD));\
1126 break; \
1127 } \
1128 }
1129
a02fab7e
JL		 1130/* Simple alignment checking for FIELD againt ALIGN (a power of two).
1131 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1132
1133#define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
1134 { \
1135 if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
1136 { \
1137 if (! IGNORE) \
1138 as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
1139 (int) (FIELD));\
1140 break; \
1141 } \
1142 }
1143
252b5132
RH		 1144#define is_DP_relative(exp) \
1145 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
a0f75b47 1146 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
252b5132
RH		 1147
1148#define is_PC_relative(exp) \
1149 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
a0f75b47 1150 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
252b5132
RH		 1151
1152/* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll
1153 always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
1154 need real complex handling yet. */
1155#define is_complex(exp) \
1156 ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
1157
1158/* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */
1159
1160/* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and
1161 proc/procend pairs match. */
1162
1163void
1164pa_check_eof ()
1165{
1166 if (within_entry_exit)
1167 as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
1168
1169 if (within_procedure)
1170 as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
1171}
1172
252b5132
RH		 1173/* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
1174 or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */
1175
1176static label_symbol_struct *
1177pa_get_label ()
1178{
1179 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
252b5132
RH		 1180
1181 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1182 label_chain;
1183 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
49863f82
JL		 1184 {
1185#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1186 if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
1187 return label_chain;
1188#endif
1189#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1190 if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
252b5132 1191 return label_chain;
49863f82
JL		 1192#endif
1193 }
252b5132
RH		 1194
1195 return NULL;
1196}
1197
1198/* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined,
1199 this function will replace it with the new label. */
1200
1201void
1202pa_define_label (symbol)
1203 symbolS *symbol;
1204{
1205 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = pa_get_label ();
252b5132
RH		 1206
1207 if (label_chain)
1208 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1209 else
1210 {
1211 /* Create a new label entry and add it to the head of the chain. */
1212 label_chain
1213 = (label_symbol_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (label_symbol_struct));
1214 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
49863f82
JL		 1215#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1216 label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
1217#endif
1218#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1219 label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
1220#endif
252b5132
RH		 1221 label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
1222
1223 if (label_symbols_rootp)
1224 label_chain->lss_next = label_symbols_rootp;
1225
1226 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
1227 }
1228}
1229
1230/* Removes a label definition for the current space.
1231 If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */
1232
1233static void
1234pa_undefine_label ()
1235{
1236 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1237 label_symbol_struct *prev_label_chain = NULL;
252b5132
RH		 1238
1239 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1240 label_chain;
1241 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1242 {
49863f82
JL		 1243 if (1
1244#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1245 && current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label
1246#endif
1247#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1248 && now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label
1249#endif
1250 )
252b5132
RH		 1251 {
1252 /* Remove the label from the chain and free its memory. */
1253 if (prev_label_chain)
1254 prev_label_chain->lss_next = label_chain->lss_next;
1255 else
1256 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain->lss_next;
1257
1258 free (label_chain);
1259 break;
1260 }
1261 prev_label_chain = label_chain;
1262 }
1263}
1264
1265
1266/* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA
1267 code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa
1268 results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An
1269 hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
1270 original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the
1271 tc_fix_data field. */
1272
1273static void
1274fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, exp, pcrel,
1275 r_type, r_field, r_format, arg_reloc, unwind_bits)
1276 fragS *frag;
1277 int where;
1278 int size;
1279 symbolS *add_symbol;
ad1079af 1280 offsetT offset;
252b5132
RH		 1281 expressionS *exp;
1282 int pcrel;
1283 bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type;
1284 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field;
1285 int r_format;
ad1079af 1286 unsigned int arg_reloc;
3f9b03b5 1287 int* unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
252b5132
RH		 1288{
1289 fixS *new_fix;
1290
1291 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
1292 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
1293
1294 if (exp != NULL)
1295 new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
1296 else
1297 new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type);
1298 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
1299 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type;
1300 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field;
1301 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
1302 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
1303 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
1304#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1305 if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
1306 new_fix->fx_offset = *unwind_bits;
1307#endif
1308
1309 /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$
1310 is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
1311 it now so as not to confuse write.c. */
1312 if (new_fix->fx_subsy
1313 && !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$"))
1314 new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
1315}
1316
1317/* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by
1318 cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */
1319
1320void
1321parse_cons_expression_hppa (exp)
1322 expressionS *exp;
1323{
1324 hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
1325 expression (exp);
1326}
1327
1328/* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
1329 hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */
1330
1331void
1332cons_fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, exp)
1333 fragS *frag;
1334 int where;
1335 int size;
1336 expressionS *exp;
1337{
1338 unsigned int rel_type;
1339
1340 /* Get a base relocation type. */
1341 if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
1342 rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
1343 else if (is_complex (*exp))
1344 rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
1345 else
1346 rel_type = R_HPPA;
1347
1348 if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
ad1079af
AM		 1349 {
1350 as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%."));
1351 hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
1352 }
252b5132
RH		 1353
1354 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
1355 (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
077db52a 1356 hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, NULL);
252b5132
RH		 1357
1358 /* Reset field selector to its default state. */
1359 hppa_field_selector = 0;
1360}
1361
1362/* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should
1363 set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */
1364
1365void
1366md_begin ()
1367{
1368 const char *retval = NULL;
1369 int lose = 0;
1370 unsigned int i = 0;
1371
1372 last_call_info = NULL;
1373 call_info_root = NULL;
1374
1375 /* Set the default machine type. */
1376 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
1377 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
1378
1379 /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
1380 Warn user and disable "-R" option. */
1381 if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
1382 {
1383 as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
1384 flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
1385 }
1386
49863f82 1387#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132 1388 pa_spaces_begin ();
49863f82 1389#endif
252b5132
RH		 1390
1391 op_hash = hash_new ();
1392
1393 while (i < NUMOPCODES)
1394 {
1395 const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
1396 retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]);
1397 if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0')
1398 {
1399 as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval);
1400 lose = 1;
1401 }
1402 do
1403 {
1404 if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
1405 != pa_opcodes[i].match)
1406 {
1407 fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
1408 pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
1409 lose = 1;
1410 }
1411 ++i;
1412 }
1413 while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
1414 }
1415
1416 if (lose)
1417 as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted."));
1418
49863f82 1419#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 1420 /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put
1421 anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */
1422 subseg_set (text_section, 0);
49863f82 1423#endif
252b5132 1424
993142d5 1425#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 1426 dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
1427 S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
993142d5 1428 /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */
d53d2751 1429 (void) symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
993142d5 1430#endif
252b5132
RH		 1431}
1432
1433/* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */
1434void
1435md_assemble (str)
1436 char *str;
1437{
1438 char *to;
1439
1440 /* The had better be something to assemble. */
1441 assert (str);
1442
1443 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
1444 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
1445 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
1446
1447 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
1448 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
1449 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
1450 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
1451 {
1452 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
1453
1454 if (label_symbol)
1455 {
1456 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
1457 {
1458 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
a0f75b47
ILT		 1459 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
1460 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
252b5132
RH		 1461#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1462 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
1463 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
1464 if (within_entry_exit)
1465 {
1466 char *where = frag_more (0);
1467
1468 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
1469 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
1470 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0,
1471 (int *)&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
1472 }
1473#endif
1474 }
1475 else
1476 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
1477 }
1478 else
1479 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
1480 }
1481
1482 /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */
1483 pa_ip (str);
1484
1485 /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instrution. */
1486 to = frag_more (4);
1487
1488 /* Output the opcode. */
1489 md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
1490
1491 /* If necessary output more stuff. */
1492 if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
1493 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
1494 (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
1495 the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
1496 the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, NULL);
2d93dcc4
JL		 1497
1498#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1499 if (debug_type == DEBUG_DWARF2)
b52c78b8
JL		 1500 {
1501 bfd_vma addr;
1502
e061d86f
JL		 1503 /* First update the notion of the current source line. */
1504 dwarf2_where (&debug_line);
1505
1506 /* We want the offset of the start of this instruction within the
1507 the current frag. */
1508 addr = frag_now->fr_address + frag_now_fix () - 4;
2d93dcc4 1509
e061d86f 1510 /* And record the information. */
b52c78b8 1511 dwarf2_gen_line_info (addr, &debug_line);
b52c78b8
JL		 1512 }
1513#endif
252b5132
RH		 1514}
1515
1516/* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results
1517 into the global "the_insn" variable. */
1518
1519static void
1520pa_ip (str)
1521 char *str;
1522{
1523 char *error_message = "";
1524 char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
1525 const char *args;
1526 int match = FALSE;
1527 int comma = 0;
1528 int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, num;
1529 unsigned long opcode;
1530 struct pa_opcode *insn;
1531
49863f82 1532#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 1533 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
1534 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
49863f82 1535#endif
252b5132 1536
b1c5e0ee
JL		 1537 /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
1538 case. */
1539 for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
1540 if (isupper (*s))
1541 *s = tolower (*s);
1542
252b5132
RH		 1543 /* Skip to something interesting. */
1544 for (s = str; isupper (*s) || islower (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3'); ++s)
1545 ;
1546
1547 switch (*s)
1548 {
1549
1550 case '\0':
1551 break;
1552
1553 case ',':
1554 comma = 1;
1555
1556 /*FALLTHROUGH */
1557
1558 case ' ':
1559 *s++ = '\0';
1560 break;
1561
1562 default:
1563 as_fatal (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
1564 }
1565
1566 save_s = str;
1567
252b5132
RH		 1568 /* Look up the opcode in the has table. */
1569 if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
1570 {
1571 as_bad ("Unknown opcode: `%s'", str);
1572 return;
1573 }
1574
1575 if (comma)
1576 {
1577 *--s = ',';
1578 }
1579
1580 /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
1581 start processing them. */
1582 argstart = s;
1583 for (;;)
1584 {
1585 /* Do some initialization. */
1586 opcode = insn->match;
0f4f8b56 1587 strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
252b5132
RH		 1588 memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
1589
1590 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
1591
1592 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
1593 then set a new architecture. */
1594 /* But do not automatically promote to pa2.0. The automatic promotion
1595 crud is for compatability with HP's old assemblers only. */
1596 if (insn->arch < 20
1597 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
1598 {
1599 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
1600 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
1601 }
1602 else if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
1603 {
1604 match = FALSE;
1605 goto failed;
1606 }
1607
1608 /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
1609 sure that the operands match. */
1610 for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
1611 {
680ef6de
JL		 1612 /* Absorb white space in instruction. */
1613 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1614 s++;
1615
252b5132
RH		 1616 switch (*args)
1617 {
1618
1619 /* End of arguments. */
1620 case '\0':
1621 if (*s == '\0')
1622 match = TRUE;
1623 break;
1624
1625 case '+':
1626 if (*s == '+')
1627 {
1628 ++s;
1629 continue;
1630 }
1631 if (*s == '-')
1632 continue;
1633 break;
1634
1635 /* These must match exactly. */
1636 case '(':
1637 case ')':
1638 case ',':
1639 case ' ':
1640 if (*s++ == *args)
1641 continue;
1642 break;
1643
1644 /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */
1645 case 'b':
1646 case '^':
0f4f8b56
JL		 1647 /* This should be more strict. Small steps. */
1648 if (strict && *s != '%')
1649 break;
e7c1f43c 1650 num = pa_parse_number (&s, 0);
252b5132
RH		 1651 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1652 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1653
a97685e9
JL		 1654 /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it
1655 is there. */
1656 case '!':
1657 /* Skip whitespace before register. */
1658 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1659 s = s + 1;
1660
1661 if (!strncasecmp(s, "%sar", 4))
1662 {
1663 s += 4;
1664 continue;
1665 }
1666 else if (!strncasecmp(s, "%cr11", 5))
1667 {
1668 s += 5;
1669 continue;
1670 }
1671 break;
1672
252b5132
RH		 1673 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
1674 case 'x':
0f4f8b56
JL		 1675 /* This should be more strict. Small steps. */
1676 if (strict && *s != '%')
1677 break;
e7c1f43c 1678 num = pa_parse_number (&s, 0);
252b5132
RH		 1679 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1680 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1681
1682 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
252b5132 1683 case 't':
0f4f8b56
JL		 1684 /* This should be more strict. Small steps. */
1685 if (strict && *s != '%')
1686 break;
e7c1f43c 1687 num = pa_parse_number (&s, 0);
252b5132
RH		 1688 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1689 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1690
413c94ba
JL		 1691 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */
1692 case 'a':
0f4f8b56
JL		 1693 /* This should be more strict. Small steps. */
1694 if (strict && *s != '%')
1695 break;
e7c1f43c 1696 num = pa_parse_number (&s, 0);
413c94ba
JL		 1697 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1698 opcode |= num << 16;
1699 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1700
252b5132
RH		 1701 /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */
1702 case 'T':
1703 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
0f4f8b56
JL		 1704 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1705 break;
252b5132
RH		 1706 s = expr_end;
1707 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
1708 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
1709
1710 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1711 case '5':
1712 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
0f4f8b56
JL		 1713 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1714 break;
252b5132 1715 s = expr_end;
0f4f8b56
JL		 1716 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1717 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1718 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
3f9b03b5 1719 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
252b5132
RH		 1720 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1721
1722 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1723 case 'V':
1724 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
0f4f8b56
JL		 1725 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1726 break;
252b5132 1727 s = expr_end;
0f4f8b56
JL		 1728 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1729 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
ad1079af 1730 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
3f9b03b5 1731 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
252b5132
RH		 1732 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1733
1734 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1735 case 'r':
1736 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
0f4f8b56
JL		 1737 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1738 break;
252b5132 1739 s = expr_end;
ad1079af
AM		 1740 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1741 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
252b5132
RH		 1742
1743 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1744 case 'R':
1745 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
0f4f8b56
JL		 1746 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1747 break;
252b5132 1748 s = expr_end;
0f4f8b56 1749 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
252b5132
RH		 1750 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1751
680ef6de
JL		 1752 /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */
1753 case 'U':
1754 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
0f4f8b56
JL		 1755 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1756 break;
680ef6de 1757 s = expr_end;
0f4f8b56 1758 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
680ef6de
JL		 1759 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1760
252b5132
RH		 1761 /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */
1762 case 's':
0f4f8b56
JL		 1763 /* This should be more strict. Small steps. */
1764 if (strict && *s != '%')
1765 break;
e7c1f43c 1766 num = pa_parse_number (&s, 0);
252b5132
RH		 1767 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
1768 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
1769
1770 /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */
1771 case 'S':
0f4f8b56
JL		 1772 /* This should be more strict. Small steps. */
1773 if (strict && *s != '%')
1774 break;
e7c1f43c 1775 num = pa_parse_number (&s, 0);
252b5132 1776 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
ad1079af 1777 opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
3f9b03b5 1778 continue;
252b5132 1779
28252e61 1780 /* Handle all completers. */
252b5132 1781 case 'c':
28252e61
JL		 1782 switch (*++args)
1783 {
1784
1785 /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */
1786 case 'x':
252b5132 1787 {
28252e61
JL		 1788 int uu = 0;
1789 int m = 0;
1790 int i = 0;
1791 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
252b5132 1792 {
28252e61
JL		 1793 s++;
1794 if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
1795 {
1796 uu = 1;
1797 m = 1;
1798 s++;
1799 i++;
1800 }
1801 else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1802 m = 1;
d53d2751
JL		 1803 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
1804 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
28252e61 1805 uu = 1;
0f4f8b56
JL		 1806 /* When in strict mode this is a match failure. */
1807 else if (strict)
d53d2751
JL		 1808 {
1809 s--;
1810 break;
1811 }
28252e61
JL		 1812 else
1813 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
252b5132
RH		 1814 s++;
1815 i++;
1816 }
28252e61
JL		 1817 if (i > 2)
1818 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
1819 opcode |= m << 5;
1820 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
252b5132 1821 }
252b5132 1822
28252e61
JL		 1823 /* Handle a short load/store completer. */
1824 case 'm':
61dd1d31 1825 case 'q':
71823da4 1826 case 'J':
d53d2751 1827 case 'e':
252b5132 1828 {
28252e61
JL		 1829 int a = 0;
1830 int m = 0;
1831 if (*s == ',')
252b5132 1832 {
d53d2751 1833 int found = 0;
28252e61
JL		 1834 s++;
1835 if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
1836 {
1837 a = 0;
1838 m = 1;
d53d2751 1839 found = 1;
28252e61
JL		 1840 }
1841 else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
1842 {
1843 a = 1;
1844 m = 1;
d53d2751 1845 found = 1;
28252e61 1846 }
d53d2751
JL		 1847
1848 /* When in strict mode, pass through for cache op. */
1849 if (!found && strict)
1850 s--;
28252e61 1851 else
d53d2751
JL		 1852 {
1853 if (!found)
1854 as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
1855 s += 2;
1856 }
252b5132 1857 }
65fab780 1858 /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
d53d2751
JL		 1859 consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */
1860 else if (*args == 'e')
65fab780 1861 break;
252b5132 1862
71823da4
JL		 1863 /* 'J', 'm' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
1864 encode the before/after field. */
61dd1d31
JL		 1865 if (*args == 'm')
1866 {
1867 opcode |= m << 5;
1868 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1869 }
1870 else if (*args == 'q')
1871 {
1872 opcode |= m << 3;
1873 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1874 }
71823da4
JL		 1875 else if (*args == 'J')
1876 {
1877 /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */
1878 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1879 }
d53d2751 1880 else if (*args == 'e')
65fab780
JL		 1881 {
1882 /* Gross! Hide these values in the immediate field
1883 of the instruction, then pull them out later. */
1884 opcode |= m << 8;
1885 opcode |= a << 9;
1886 continue;
1887 }
252b5132 1888 }
252b5132 1889
28252e61
JL		 1890 /* Handle a stbys completer. */
1891 case 's':
252b5132 1892 {
28252e61
JL		 1893 int a = 0;
1894 int m = 0;
1895 int i = 0;
1896 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1897 {
1898 s++;
1899 if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1900 m = 1;
d53d2751
JL		 1901 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
1902 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
28252e61
JL		 1903 a = 0;
1904 else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
1905 a = 1;
0f4f8b56
JL		 1906 /* When in strict mode this is a match failure. */
1907 else if (strict)
d53d2751
JL		 1908 {
1909 s--;
1910 break;
1911 }
28252e61
JL		 1912 else
1913 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1914 s++;
1915 i++;
1916 }
1917 if (i > 2)
252b5132 1918 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
28252e61
JL		 1919 opcode |= m << 5;
1920 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
252b5132 1921 }
28252e61 1922
d53d2751
JL		 1923 /* Handle load cache hint completer. */
1924 case 'c':
1925 cmpltr = 0;
1926 if (!strncmp(s, ",sl", 3))
1927 {
1928 s += 3;
1929 cmpltr = 2;
1930 }
1931 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1932
1933 /* Handle store cache hint completer. */
1934 case 'C':
1935 cmpltr = 0;
1936 if (!strncmp(s, ",sl", 3))
1937 {
1938 s += 3;
1939 cmpltr = 2;
1940 }
1941 else if (!strncmp(s, ",bc", 3))
1942 {
1943 s += 3;
1944 cmpltr = 1;
1945 }
1946 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1947
1948 /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */
1949 case 'd':
1950 cmpltr = 0;
1951 if (!strncmp(s, ",co", 3))
1952 {
1953 s += 3;
1954 cmpltr = 1;
1955 }
1956 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1957
1958 /* Handle load ordering completer. */
1959 case 'o':
1960 if (strncmp(s, ",o", 2) != 0)
1961 break;
1962 s += 2;
1963 continue;
1964
ce674324
JL		 1965 /* Handle a branch gate completer. */
1966 case 'g':
1967 if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
1968 break;
1969 s += 5;
1970 continue;
1971
1972 /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */
1973 case 'p':
1974 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
1975 break;
1976 s += 7;
1977 continue;
1978
1979 /* Handle a branch link completer. */
1980 case 'l':
1981 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
1982 break;
1983 s += 2;
1984 continue;
1985
1986 /* Handle a branch pop completer. */
1987 case 'P':
1988 if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
1989 break;
1990 s += 4;
1991 continue;
1992
680ef6de
JL		 1993 /* Handle a local processor completer. */
1994 case 'L':
1995 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
1996 break;
1997 s += 2;
1998 continue;
1999
2000 /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */
2001 case 'w':
2002 flag = 0;
2003 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
2004 {
2005 flag = 1;
2006 s += 2;
2007 }
2008 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
2009 {
2010 flag = 0;
2011 s += 2;
2012 }
2013
2014 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2015
2016 /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */
d53d2751 2017 case 'W':
680ef6de
JL		 2018 if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
2019 break;
2020 s += 2;
2021 continue;
2022
2023 /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */
2024 case 'r':
2025 flag = 0;
2026 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
2027 {
2028 flag = 5;
2029 s += 2;
2030 }
2031
2032 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2033
28252e61
JL		 2034 /* Handle a system control completer. */
2035 case 'Z':
2036 if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
2037 {
2038 flag = 1;
2039 s += 2;
2040 }
2041 else
2042 flag = 0;
2043
2044 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2045
680ef6de
JL		 2046 /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */
2047 case 'i':
2048 flag = 0;
2049 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
2050 {
2051 flag = 1;
2052 s += 2;
2053 }
2054
2055 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2056
9e4f2d3a
JL		 2057 /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */
2058 case 'z':
2059 flag = 1;
2060 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
2061 {
2062 flag = 0;
2063 s += 2;
2064 }
2065
2066 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2067
680ef6de
JL		 2068 /* Handle add completer. */
2069 case 'a':
2070 flag = 1;
2071 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
2072 {
2073 flag = 2;
2074 s += 2;
2075 }
2076 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2077 {
2078 flag = 3;
2079 s += 4;
2080 }
d53d2751 2081
680ef6de
JL		 2082 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2083
2084 /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */
2085 case 'Y':
2086 flag = 0;
2087 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
2088 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
2089 {
2090 flag = 1;
2091 s += 7;
2092 }
2093 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
2094 {
2095 flag = 0;
2096 s += 3;
2097 }
2098 else
2099 break;
2100
2101 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2102
2103 /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */
2104 case 'y':
2105 flag = 0;
2106 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
2107 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
2108 {
2109 flag = 1;
2110 s += 6;
2111 }
2112 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
2113 {
2114 flag = 0;
2115 s += 2;
2116 }
2117 else
2118 break;
2119
2120 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2121
2122 /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */
2123 case 'v':
2124 flag = 0;
2125 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2126 {
2127 flag = 1;
2128 s += 4;
2129 }
2130
2131 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2132
2133 /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */
2134 case 't':
2135 flag = 0;
2136 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
2137 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
2138 {
2139 flag = 1;
2140 s += 7;
2141 }
2142 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2143 {
2144 flag = 0;
2145 s += 3;
2146 }
2147 else
2148 break;
2149
2150 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2151
2152 /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */
2153 case 'B':
2154 flag = 0;
2155 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
2156 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
2157 {
2158 flag = 1;
2159 s += 7;
2160 }
2161 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
2162 {
2163 flag = 0;
2164 s += 3;
2165 }
2166 else
2167 break;
2168
2169 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2170
2171 /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */
2172 case 'b':
2173 flag = 0;
2174 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
2175 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
2176 {
2177 flag = 1;
2178 s += 6;
2179 }
2180 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
2181 {
2182 flag = 0;
2183 s += 2;
2184 }
2185 else
2186 break;
2187
2188 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2189
2190 /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */
2191 case 'T':
2192 flag = 0;
2193 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2194 {
2195 flag = 1;
2196 s += 3;
2197 }
2198
2199 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2200
413c94ba
JL		 2201 /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */
2202 case 'S':
2203 {
2204 int sign = 1;
2205 if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
2206 {
2207 sign = 1;
2208 s += 2;
2209 }
2210 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
2211 {
2212 sign = 0;
2213 s += 2;
2214 }
2215
2216 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
2217 }
2218
2219 /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */
2220 case 'h':
2221 if (*s++ == ',')
2222 {
2223 int lr = 0;
2224 if (*s == 'r')
2225 lr = 2;
2226 else if (*s == 'l')
2227 lr = 0;
2228 else
2229 as_bad(_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2230
2231 s++;
2232 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
2233 }
2234 else
2235 as_bad(_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2236 break;
2237
2238 /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */
2239 case 'H':
2240 {
2241 int sat = 3;
2242 if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
2243 {
2244 sat = 1;
2245 s += 3;
2246 }
2247 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
2248 {
2249 sat = 0;
2250 s += 3;
2251 }
2252
2253 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
2254 }
2255
2256 /* Handle permutation completer. */
2257 case '*':
2258 if (*s++ == ',')
2259 {
b1039fc4 2260 int permloc[4];
413c94ba
JL		 2261 int perm = 0;
2262 int i = 0;
b1039fc4
JL		 2263 permloc[0] = 13;
2264 permloc[1] = 10;
2265 permloc[2] = 8;
2266 permloc[3] = 6;
413c94ba
JL		 2267 for (; i < 4; i++)
2268 {
2269 switch (*s++)
2270 {
2271 case '0':
2272 perm = 0;
2273 break;
2274 case '1':
2275 perm = 1;
2276 break;
2277 case '2':
2278 perm = 2;
2279 break;
2280 case '3':
2281 perm = 3;
2282 break;
2283 default:
2284 as_bad(_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2285 }
2286 opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
2287 }
2288 continue;
2289 }
2290 else
2291 as_bad(_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2292 break;
2293
28252e61
JL		 2294 default:
2295 abort ();
2296 }
2297 break;
252b5132 2298
55a914bc 2299 /* Handle all conditions. */
252b5132 2300 case '?':
55a914bc
JL		 2301 {
2302 args++;
2303 switch (*args)
2304 {
2305 /* Handle FP compare conditions. */
2306 case 'f':
2307 cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
2308 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
2309
2310 /* Handle an add condition. */
9a913dfb 2311 case 'A':
55a914bc
JL		 2312 case 'a':
2313 cmpltr = 0;
2314 flag = 0;
2315 if (*s == ',')
2316 {
2317 s++;
9a913dfb
JL		 2318
2319 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2320 if (*args == 'A')
2321 {
2322 if (*s == '*')
2323 s++;
2324 else
2325 break;
2326 }
17d9105c
JL		 2327 else if (*s == '*')
2328 break;
55a914bc 2329 name = s;
9a913dfb 2330
680ef6de 2331 name = s;
55a914bc
JL		 2332 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2333 s += 1;
2334 c = *s;
2335 *s = 0x00;
2336 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2337 cmpltr = 1;
2338 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2339 cmpltr = 2;
2340 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2341 cmpltr = 3;
2342 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
2343 cmpltr = 4;
2344 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
2345 cmpltr = 5;
2346 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2347 cmpltr = 6;
2348 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2349 cmpltr = 7;
2350 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2351 {
2352 cmpltr = 0;
2353 flag = 1;
2354 }
2355 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2356 {
2357 cmpltr = 1;
2358 flag = 1;
2359 }
2360 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2361 {
2362 cmpltr = 2;
2363 flag = 1;
2364 }
2365 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2366 {
2367 cmpltr = 3;
2368 flag = 1;
2369 }
2370 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
2371 {
2372 cmpltr = 4;
2373 flag = 1;
2374 }
2375 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
2376 {
2377 cmpltr = 5;
2378 flag = 1;
2379 }
2380 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2381 {
2382 cmpltr = 6;
2383 flag = 1;
2384 }
2385 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2386 {
2387 cmpltr = 7;
2388 flag = 1;
2389 }
9a913dfb
JL		 2390 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2391 else if (*args == 'a')
55a914bc
JL		 2392 as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
2393 *s = c;
2394 }
2395 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2396 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
252b5132 2397
55a914bc
JL		 2398 /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */
2399 case 'd':
2400 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2401 if (cmpltr < 0)
2402 {
d53d2751 2403 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
55a914bc
JL		 2404 cmpltr = 0;
2405 }
2406 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2407
d53d2751 2408 /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */
9a913dfb 2409 case 'W':
d53d2751
JL		 2410 cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2411 if (cmpltr < 0)
2412 {
2413 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
2414 cmpltr = 0;
2415 }
2416 else
2417 {
2418 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2419 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
2420 }
2421 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
9a913dfb 2422
d53d2751 2423 /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
55a914bc
JL		 2424 condition. */
2425 case '@':
2426 save_s = s;
2427 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2428 if (cmpltr < 0)
2429 {
2430 s = save_s;
2431 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2432 if (cmpltr < 0)
2433 {
2434 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
2435 cmpltr = 0;
2436 }
2437 else
2438 {
2439 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2440 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2441 }
2442 }
2443 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
252b5132 2444
55a914bc 2445 /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */
9a913dfb 2446 case 'B':
55a914bc
JL		 2447 case 'b':
2448 cmpltr = 0;
2449 if (*s == ',')
2450 {
2451 s++;
9a913dfb
JL		 2452
2453 if (*args == 'B')
2454 {
2455 if (*s == '*')
2456 s++;
2457 else
2458 break;
2459 }
17d9105c
JL		 2460 else if (*s == '*')
2461 break;
9a913dfb 2462
55a914bc
JL		 2463 if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0)
2464 {
2465 cmpltr = 0;
2466 s++;
2467 }
2468 else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0)
2469 {
2470 cmpltr = 1;
2471 s += 2;
2472 }
2473 else
2474 as_bad (_("Invalid Bit Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
2475 }
2476 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
252b5132 2477
55a914bc 2478 /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */
9a913dfb 2479 case 'S':
55a914bc
JL		 2480 case 's':
2481 cmpltr = 0;
2482 flag = 0;
2483 if (*s == ',')
2484 {
2485 s++;
9a913dfb
JL		 2486
2487 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2488 if (*args == 'S')
d53d2751 2489 {
9a913dfb
JL		 2490 if (*s == '*')
2491 s++;
2492 else
2493 break;
d53d2751 2494 }
17d9105c
JL		 2495 else if (*s == '*')
2496 break;
55a914bc 2497 name = s;
d53d2751 2498
680ef6de 2499 name = s;
55a914bc
JL		 2500 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2501 s += 1;
2502 c = *s;
2503 *s = 0x00;
2504 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2505 cmpltr = 1;
2506 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2507 cmpltr = 2;
2508 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2509 cmpltr = 3;
2510 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
2511 cmpltr = 4;
2512 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
2513 cmpltr = 5;
2514 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2515 cmpltr = 6;
2516 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2517 cmpltr = 7;
2518 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2519 {
2520 cmpltr = 0;
2521 flag = 1;
2522 }
2523 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2524 {
2525 cmpltr = 1;
2526 flag = 1;
2527 }
2528 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2529 {
2530 cmpltr = 2;
2531 flag = 1;
2532 }
2533 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2534 {
2535 cmpltr = 3;
2536 flag = 1;
2537 }
2538 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
2539 {
2540 cmpltr = 4;
2541 flag = 1;
2542 }
2543 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
2544 {
2545 cmpltr = 5;
2546 flag = 1;
2547 }
2548 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2549 {
2550 cmpltr = 6;
2551 flag = 1;
2552 }
2553 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2554 {
2555 cmpltr = 7;
2556 flag = 1;
2557 }
9a913dfb
JL		 2558 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2559 else if (*args != 'S')
55a914bc
JL		 2560 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
2561 name);
2562 *s = c;
2563 }
2564 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2565 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
252b5132 2566
55a914bc
JL		 2567 /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */
2568 case 't':
2569 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2570 if (cmpltr < 0)
2571 {
2572 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %c"), *s);
2573 cmpltr = 0;
2574 }
2575 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
9a913dfb 2576
d53d2751 2577 /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */
55a914bc
JL		 2578 case 'n':
2579 save_s = s;
2580 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2581 if (cmpltr < 0)
2582 {
2583 s = save_s;
2584 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2585 if (cmpltr < 0)
2586 {
d53d2751 2587 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition."));
55a914bc
JL		 2588 cmpltr = 0;
2589 }
2590 else
2591 {
2592 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2593 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2594 }
2595 }
d53d2751
JL		 2596
2597 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2598
2599 /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */
2600 case 'N':
2601 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2602 if (cmpltr >= 0)
2603 {
2604 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2605 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
2606 }
2607 else
2608 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2609 break;
2610
2611 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2612
2613 /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */
2614 case 'Q':
2615 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
2616 if (cmpltr < 0)
2617 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2618 break;
2619
55a914bc
JL		 2620 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2621
2622 /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */
9a913dfb 2623 case 'L':
55a914bc
JL		 2624 case 'l':
2625 cmpltr = 0;
2626 flag = 0;
2627 if (*s == ',')
2628 {
2629 s++;
9a913dfb
JL		 2630
2631 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2632 if (*args == 'L')
2633 {
2634 if (*s == '*')
2635 s++;
2636 else
2637 break;
2638 }
17d9105c
JL		 2639 else if (*s == '*')
2640 break;
d53d2751 2641
680ef6de 2642 name = s;
55a914bc
JL		 2643 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2644 s += 1;
2645 c = *s;
2646 *s = 0x00;
d53d2751 2647
55a914bc
JL		 2648 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2649 cmpltr = 1;
2650 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2651 cmpltr = 2;
2652 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2653 cmpltr = 3;
2654 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2655 cmpltr = 7;
2656 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2657 {
2658 cmpltr = 0;
2659 flag = 1;
2660 }
2661 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2662 {
2663 cmpltr = 1;
2664 flag = 1;
2665 }
2666 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2667 {
2668 cmpltr = 2;
2669 flag = 1;
2670 }
2671 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2672 {
2673 cmpltr = 3;
2674 flag = 1;
2675 }
2676 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2677 {
2678 cmpltr = 7;
2679 flag = 1;
2680 }
9a913dfb
JL		 2681 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2682 else if (*args != 'L')
55a914bc
JL		 2683 as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
2684 *s = c;
2685 }
2686 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2687 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2688
2689 /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */
9a913dfb 2690 case 'X':
55a914bc
JL		 2691 case 'x':
2692 case 'y':
2693 cmpltr = 0;
2694 if (*s == ',')
2695 {
2696 save_s = s++;
2697
9a913dfb
JL		 2698 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2699 if (*args == 'X')
2700 {
2701 if (*s == '*')
2702 s++;
2703 else
2704 break;
2705 }
17d9105c
JL		 2706 else if (*s == '*')
2707 break;
d53d2751 2708
680ef6de 2709 name = s;
55a914bc
JL		 2710 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2711 s += 1;
2712 c = *s;
2713 *s = 0x00;
2714 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2715 cmpltr = 1;
2716 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2717 cmpltr = 2;
2718 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2719 cmpltr = 3;
2720 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2721 cmpltr = 4;
2722 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2723 cmpltr = 5;
2724 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2725 cmpltr = 6;
2726 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2727 cmpltr = 7;
2728 /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were.
2729 This includes moving s back to where it started. */
2730 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
2731 {
2732 *s = c;
2733 s = save_s;
2734 continue;
2735 }
9a913dfb
JL		 2736 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2737 else if (*args != 'X')
55a914bc
JL		 2738 as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
2739 *s = c;
2740 }
2741 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
252b5132 2742
55a914bc 2743 /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */
9a913dfb
JL		 2744 case 'U':
2745 case 'u':
55a914bc
JL		 2746 cmpltr = 0;
2747 flag = 0;
2748 if (*s == ',')
2749 {
2750 s++;
d53d2751 2751
9a913dfb
JL		 2752 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2753 if (*args == 'U')
2754 {
2755 if (*s == '*')
2756 s++;
2757 else
2758 break;
2759 }
17d9105c
JL		 2760 else if (*s == '*')
2761 break;
d53d2751 2762
55a914bc
JL		 2763 if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
2764 {
2765 cmpltr = 2;
2766 s += 3;
2767 }
2768 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
2769 {
2770 cmpltr = 3;
2771 s += 3;
2772 }
2773 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
2774 {
2775 cmpltr = 4;
2776 s += 3;
2777 }
2778 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
2779 {
2780 cmpltr = 6;
2781 s += 3;
2782 }
2783 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
2784 {
2785 cmpltr = 7;
2786 s += 3;
2787 }
2788 else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
2789 {
2790 cmpltr = 0;
2791 flag = 1;
2792 s += 2;
2793 }
2794 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
2795 {
2796 cmpltr = 2;
2797 flag = 1;
2798 s += 3;
2799 }
2800 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
2801 {
2802 cmpltr = 3;
2803 flag = 1;
2804 s += 3;
2805 }
2806 else if (strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
2807 {
2808 cmpltr = 4;
2809 flag = 1;
2810 s += 3;
2811 }
2812 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
2813 {
2814 cmpltr = 6;
2815 flag = 1;
2816 s += 3;
2817 }
2818 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
2819 {
2820 cmpltr = 7;
2821 flag = 1;
2822 s += 3;
2823 }
afbf211f
JL		 2824 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
2825 {
2826 cmpltr = 1;
2827 flag = 0;
2828 s += 3;
2829 }
2830 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
2831 {
2832 cmpltr = 5;
2833 flag = 0;
2834 s += 3;
2835 }
2836 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
2837 {
2838 cmpltr = 1;
2839 flag = 1;
2840 s += 3;
2841 }
2842 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
2843 {
2844 cmpltr = 5;
2845 flag = 1;
2846 s += 3;
2847 }
9a913dfb
JL		 2848 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2849 else if (*args != 'U')
55a914bc
JL		 2850 as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
2851 }
2852 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2853 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
252b5132 2854
55a914bc
JL		 2855 default:
2856 abort ();
2857 }
0741736b 2858 break;
55a914bc 2859 }
252b5132 2860
252b5132
RH		 2861 /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */
2862 case 'n':
2863 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2864 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
2865
2866 /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */
2867 case 'N':
2868 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2869 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
2870
dbe2f9ee
JL		 2871 /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */
2872 case 'L':
54af6ff6 2873 if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
dbe2f9ee 2874 s += 4;
54af6ff6 2875 else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
dbe2f9ee
JL		 2876 s += 4;
2877 else
2878 break;
2879 continue;
2880
1cf6ae67
JL		 2881 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2882 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2883 case 'h':
2884 get_expression (s);
2885 s = expr_end;
2886 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2887 {
2888 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2889 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2890 num++;
2891 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2892 }
2893 else
2894 break;
2895
2896 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2897 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2898 case 'm':
2899 get_expression (s);
1cf6ae67
JL		 2900 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2901 {
b1039fc4 2902 s = expr_end;
1cf6ae67
JL		 2903 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2904 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2905 num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
2906 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2907 }
2908 else
b1039fc4 2909 break;
1cf6ae67
JL		 2910
2911 /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
2912 case '=':
2913 {
2914 num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
2915 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2916 }
2917
252b5132
RH		 2918 /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */
2919 case 'i':
2920 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2921 get_expression (s);
2922 s = expr_end;
2923 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2924 {
2925 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2926 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
3f9b03b5 2927 num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
252b5132
RH		 2928 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2929 }
2930 else
2931 {
2932 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
2933 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
2934 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
2935 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
2936 else
2937 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
2938 the_insn.format = 11;
2939 continue;
2940 }
2941
65fab780
JL		 2942 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
2943 case 'J':
2944 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2945 get_expression (s);
2946 s = expr_end;
2947 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2948 {
2949 int a, m;
2950
2951 /* XXX the completer stored away tibits of information
2952 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
2953 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
2954 good to rethink this. */
2955 m = (opcode & (1 << 8)) != 0;
2956 a = (opcode & (1 << 9)) != 0;
2957 opcode &= ~ (3 << 8);
2958 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
fd232ac8 2959 if ((a == 1 && num >= 0) || (a == 0 && num < 0))
65fab780
JL		 2960 break;
2961 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3f9b03b5 2962 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
65fab780
JL		 2963 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2964 }
2965 else
2966 {
2967 break;
2968 }
2969
2970 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
2971 case 'K':
2972 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2973 get_expression (s);
2974 s = expr_end;
2975 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2976 {
2977 int a, m;
2978
2979 /* XXX the completer stored away tibits of information
2980 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
2981 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
2982 good to rethink this. */
2983 m = (opcode & (1 << 8)) != 0;
2984 a = (opcode & (1 << 9)) != 0;
2985 opcode &= ~ (3 << 8);
2986 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
fd232ac8 2987 if ((a == 1 && num < 0) || (a == 0 && num > 0))
65fab780
JL		 2988 break;
2989 if (num % 4)
2990 break;
2991 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
2992 if (num < 0)
2993 opcode |= 1;
2994 num &= 0x1fff;
2995 num >>= 2;
2996 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
2997 }
2998 else
2999 {
3000 break;
3001 }
3002
ad1079af 3003 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */
61dd1d31
JL		 3004 case '#':
3005 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3006 get_expression (s);
3007 s = expr_end;
3008 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3009 {
3010 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3011 if (num & 0x7)
3012 break;
3013 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3014 if (num < 0)
3015 opcode |= 1;
3016 num &= 0x1fff;
3017 num >>= 3;
3018 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
3019 }
3020 else
3021 {
3022 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3023 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3024 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3025 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3026 else
3027 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3028 the_insn.format = 14;
3029 continue;
3030 }
3031 break;
3032
3033 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */
3034 case 'd':
3035 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3036 get_expression (s);
3037 s = expr_end;
3038 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3039 {
3040 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3041 if (num & 0x3)
3042 break;
3043 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3044 if (num < 0)
3045 opcode |= 1;
3046 num &= 0x1fff;
3047 num >>= 2;
3048 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3049 }
3050 else
3051 {
3052 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3053 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3054 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3055 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3056 else
3057 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3058 the_insn.format = 14;
3059 continue;
3060 }
252b5132
RH		 3061
3062 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
3063 case 'j':
3064 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3065 get_expression (s);
3066 s = expr_end;
3067 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3068 {
3069 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3070 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3f9b03b5 3071 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
252b5132
RH		 3072 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3073 }
3074 else
3075 {
3076 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3077 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3078 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3079 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3080 else
3081 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3082 the_insn.format = 14;
3083 continue;
3084 }
3085
3086 /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */
3087 case 'k':
3088 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3089 get_expression (s);
3090 s = expr_end;
3091 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3092 {
3093 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3094 CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
ad1079af 3095 opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
3f9b03b5 3096 continue;
252b5132
RH		 3097 }
3098 else
3099 {
3100 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3101 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3102 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3103 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3104 else
3105 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3106 the_insn.format = 21;
3107 continue;
3108 }
3109
a02fab7e
JL		 3110 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */
3111 case 'l':
3112 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3113 get_expression (s);
3114 s = expr_end;
3115 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3116 {
a02fab7e
JL		 3117 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3118 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
ad1079af 3119 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3f9b03b5 3120 continue;
a02fab7e
JL		 3121 }
3122 else
3123 {
3124 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3125 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3126 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3127 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3128 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3129 else
3130 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3131 the_insn.format = 14;
3132 continue;
3133 }
3134
3135 /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3136 case 'y':
3137 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3138 get_expression (s);
3139 s = expr_end;
3140 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3141 {
a02fab7e
JL		 3142 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3143 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3144 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
ad1079af 3145 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3f9b03b5 3146 continue;
a02fab7e
JL		 3147 }
3148 else
3149 {
3150 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3151 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3152 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3153 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3154 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3155 else
3156 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3157 the_insn.format = 14;
3158 continue;
3159 }
3160
3161 /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3162 case '&':
3163 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3164 get_expression (s);
3165 s = expr_end;
3166 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3167 {
a02fab7e
JL		 3168 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3169 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3170 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
ad1079af 3171 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3f9b03b5 3172 continue;
a02fab7e
JL		 3173 }
3174 else
3175 {
3176 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3177 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3178 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3179 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3180 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3181 else
3182 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3183 the_insn.format = 14;
3184 continue;
3185 }
3186
252b5132
RH		 3187 /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */
3188 case 'w':
3189 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3190 get_expression (s);
3191 s = expr_end;
3192 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3193 if (!strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol), "L$0\001"))
3194 {
252b5132
RH		 3195 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3196 if (num % 4)
3197 {
3198 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3199 break;
3200 }
3201 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8199, -8184, 0);
3f9b03b5 3202
ad1079af 3203 opcode |= re_assemble_12 ((num - 8) >> 2);
3f9b03b5 3204 continue;
252b5132
RH		 3205 }
3206 else
3207 {
3208 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3209 the_insn.format = 12;
3210 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3211 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3212 s = expr_end;
3213 continue;
3214 }
3215
3216 /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */
3217 case 'W':
3218 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3219 get_expression (s);
3220 s = expr_end;
3221 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3222 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3223 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3224 "L$0\001"))
3225 {
252b5132
RH		 3226 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3227 if (num % 4)
3228 {
3229 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3230 break;
3231 }
3232 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3233
3234 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3235 num -= 8;
3236
ad1079af 3237 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3f9b03b5 3238 continue;
252b5132
RH		 3239 }
3240 else
3241 {
3242 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3243 the_insn.format = 17;
3244 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3245 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3246 continue;
3247 }
3248
77c02e18
JL		 3249 /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */
3250 case 'X':
3251 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3252 get_expression (s);
3253 s = expr_end;
3254 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3255 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3256 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3257 "L$0\001"))
3258 {
77c02e18
JL		 3259 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3260 if (num % 4)
3261 {
3262 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3263 break;
3264 }
3265 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
3266
3267 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3268 num -= 8;
3269
ad1079af 3270 opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
77c02e18
JL		 3271 }
3272 else
3273 {
3274 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3275 the_insn.format = 22;
3276 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3277 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3278 continue;
3279 }
3280
252b5132
RH		 3281 /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */
3282 case 'z':
3283 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3284 get_expression (s);
3285 s = expr_end;
3286 the_insn.pcrel = 0;
3287 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3288 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3289 "L$0\001"))
3290 {
252b5132
RH		 3291 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3292 if (num % 4)
3293 {
3294 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3295 break;
3296 }
3297 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3298
3299 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3300 num -= 8;
3301
ad1079af 3302 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3f9b03b5 3303 continue;
252b5132
RH		 3304 }
3305 else
3306 {
3307 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
3308 the_insn.format = 17;
3309 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3310 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3311 continue;
3312 }
3313
4964086a
JL		 3314 /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */
3315 case 'Z':
3316 if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
3317 && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
3318 {
3319 s += 4;
3320 continue;
3321 }
3322 else
3323 break;
3324
ce674324
JL		 3325 /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */
3326 case 'Y':
3327 if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
3328 break;
3329 s += 9;
3330 continue;
3331
d53d2751
JL		 3332 /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */
3333 case '@':
3334 if (*s != '0')
3335 break;
3336 s++;
3337 continue;
3338
a97685e9
JL		 3339 /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */
3340 case '.':
3341 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
0f4f8b56
JL		 3342 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3343 break;
a97685e9 3344 s = expr_end;
0f4f8b56 3345 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
a97685e9
JL		 3346 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3347
413c94ba
JL		 3348 /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */
3349 case '*':
3350 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
0f4f8b56
JL		 3351 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3352 break;
413c94ba 3353 s = expr_end;
0f4f8b56 3354 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
413c94ba
JL		 3355 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3356
252b5132
RH		 3357 /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */
3358 case 'p':
3359 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
0f4f8b56
JL		 3360 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3361 break;
252b5132 3362 s = expr_end;
0f4f8b56 3363 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
252b5132
RH		 3364 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
3365
a97685e9
JL		 3366 /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */
3367 case '~':
3368 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
0f4f8b56
JL		 3369 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3370 break;
a97685e9 3371 s = expr_end;
0f4f8b56 3372 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
a97685e9
JL		 3373 num = 63 - num;
3374 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3375 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3376
9e4f2d3a
JL		 3377 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */
3378 case '%':
3379 flag = 0;
3380 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
0f4f8b56
JL		 3381 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3382 break;
9e4f2d3a 3383 s = expr_end;
0f4f8b56 3384 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
9e4f2d3a
JL		 3385 num--;
3386 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
3387 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3388 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3389
3390 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */
3391 case '|':
3392 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
0f4f8b56
JL		 3393 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3394 break;
9e4f2d3a 3395 s = expr_end;
0f4f8b56 3396 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
9e4f2d3a
JL		 3397 num--;
3398 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
3399 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3400 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3401
252b5132
RH		 3402 /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */
3403 case 'P':
3404 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
0f4f8b56
JL		 3405 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3406 break;
252b5132 3407 s = expr_end;
0f4f8b56 3408 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
252b5132
RH		 3409 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
3410
9e4f2d3a
JL		 3411 /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */
3412 case 'q':
3413 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
0f4f8b56
JL		 3414 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3415 break;
9e4f2d3a 3416 s = expr_end;
0f4f8b56 3417 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
9e4f2d3a
JL		 3418 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3419 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3420
afbf211f
JL		 3421 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
3422 of the high bit of the immediate. */
3423 case 'B':
3424 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3425 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3426 break;
3427 s = expr_end;
3428 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3429 if (num & 0x20)
3430 ;
3431 else
3432 opcode |= (1 << 13);
3433 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
3434
252b5132
RH		 3435 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */
3436 case 'Q':
252b5132 3437 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
0f4f8b56
JL		 3438 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3439 break;
252b5132
RH		 3440 if (the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3441 break;
3442 s = expr_end;
0f4f8b56 3443 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
252b5132
RH		 3444 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3445
a97685e9
JL		 3446 /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */
3447 case '$':
3448 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
0f4f8b56
JL		 3449 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3450 break;
a97685e9 3451 s = expr_end;
0f4f8b56 3452 CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
a97685e9 3453 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
d53d2751 3454
252b5132
RH		 3455 /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */
3456 case 'A':
3457 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
0f4f8b56
JL		 3458 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3459 break;
252b5132 3460 s = expr_end;
0f4f8b56 3461 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
252b5132
RH		 3462 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
3463
3464 /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */
3465 case 'D':
3466 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
0f4f8b56
JL		 3467 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3468 break;
252b5132 3469 s = expr_end;
0f4f8b56 3470 CHECK_FIELD (num, 671108864, 0, strict);
252b5132
RH		 3471 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3472
3473 /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */
97e1581b 3474 case 'v':
252b5132
RH		 3475 if (*s++ != ',')
3476 as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
3477 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
0f4f8b56
JL		 3478 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3479 break;
252b5132 3480 s = expr_end;
0f4f8b56 3481 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
252b5132
RH		 3482 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3483
3484 /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */
3485 case 'O':
3486 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
0f4f8b56
JL		 3487 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3488 break;
252b5132 3489 s = expr_end;
0f4f8b56 3490 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
252b5132
RH		 3491 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
3492 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3493
3494 /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */
3495 case 'o':
3496 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
0f4f8b56
JL		 3497 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3498 break;
252b5132 3499 s = expr_end;
0f4f8b56 3500 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
252b5132
RH		 3501 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3502
3503 /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */
3504 case '0':
3505 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
0f4f8b56
JL		 3506 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3507 break;
252b5132 3508 s = expr_end;
0f4f8b56 3509 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
252b5132
RH		 3510 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
3511 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3512
3513 /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */
3514 case '1':
3515 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
0f4f8b56
JL		 3516 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3517 break;
252b5132 3518 s = expr_end;
0f4f8b56 3519 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
252b5132
RH		 3520 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
3521 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3522
3523 /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */
3524 case 'u':
3525 if (*s++ != ',')
3526 as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
3527 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
0f4f8b56
JL		 3528 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3529 break;
252b5132 3530 s = expr_end;
0f4f8b56 3531 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
252b5132
RH		 3532 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3533
3534 /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */
3535 case '2':
3536 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
0f4f8b56
JL		 3537 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3538 break;
252b5132 3539 s = expr_end;
0f4f8b56 3540 CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
252b5132
RH		 3541 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
3542 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3543
1cf6ae67
JL		 3544 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3545 case '{':
3546 if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
3547 {
3548 the_insn.trunc = 1;
3549 s += 2;
3550 }
3551 else
3552 the_insn.trunc = 0;
3553 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3554 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3555 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3556 flag = SGL;
3557 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3558 flag = DBL;
3559 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3560 flag = QUAD;
3561 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3562
3563 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3564 case '_':
3565 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3566 s--;
3567 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3568 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3569 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3570 flag = SGL;
3571 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3572 flag = DBL;
3573 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3574 flag = QUAD;
3575 opcode |= flag << 13;
3576 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
d53d2751 3577 || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
1cf6ae67
JL		 3578 || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
3579 {
3580 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3581 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3582 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3583 flag = 0;
3584 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
3585 || the_insn.fpof2 == DW
3586 || the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
3587 flag = 2;
3588 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
3589 || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
3590 || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
3591 flag = 6;
3592 else
3593 abort ();
3594 }
3595 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
d53d2751 3596 || the_insn.fpof1 == DW
1cf6ae67
JL		 3597 || the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
3598 {
3599 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3600 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3601 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3602 flag = 1;
3603 else
3604 abort ();
3605 }
3606 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
d53d2751 3607 || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
1cf6ae67
JL		 3608 || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
3609 {
3610 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3611 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3612 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3613 flag = 5;
3614 else
3615 abort ();
3616 }
3617 flag |= the_insn.trunc;
3618 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
252b5132
RH		 3619
3620 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3621 case 'F':
3622 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3623 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3624 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3625
3626 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3627 case 'G':
3628 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3629 s--;
3630 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3631 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3632 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
3633
9ecc05f0
JL		 3634 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */
3635 case 'I':
3636 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3637 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3638 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3639
97e1581b
JL		 3640 /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
3641 Only allows single and double precision. */
3642 case 'H':
3643 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3644 switch (flag)
3645 {
3646 case SGL:
3647 opcode |= 0x20;
3648 case DBL:
3649 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3650 continue;
252b5132 3651
97e1581b
JL		 3652 case QUAD:
3653 case ILLEGAL_FMT:
3654 default:
3655 as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
3656 }
3657 break;
252b5132 3658
97e1581b
JL		 3659 /* Handle all floating point registers. */
3660 case 'f':
3661 switch (*++args)
3662 {
3663 /* Float target register. */
3664 case 't':
0f4f8b56
JL		 3665 /* This should be more strict. Small steps. */
3666 if (strict && *s != '%')
3667 break;
e7c1f43c 3668 num = pa_parse_number (&s, 0);
97e1581b
JL		 3669 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3670 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
252b5132 3671
97e1581b
JL		 3672 /* Float target register with L/R selection. */
3673 case 'T':
252b5132 3674 {
97e1581b 3675 struct pa_11_fp_reg_struct result;
252b5132 3676
0f4f8b56
JL		 3677 /* This should be more strict. Small steps. */
3678 if (strict && *s != '%')
3679 break;
e7c1f43c 3680 pa_parse_number (&s, &result);
97e1581b
JL		 3681 CHECK_FIELD (result.number_part, 31, 0, 0);
3682 opcode |= result.number_part;
b53fcc20 3683
97e1581b
JL		 3684 /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
3685 and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This
3686 is not necessary for loads/stores. */
3687 if (need_pa11_opcode (&the_insn, &result)
3688 && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
3689 opcode |= 1 << 27;
b53fcc20 3690
97e1581b
JL		 3691 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, result.l_r_select & 1, 6);
3692 }
252b5132 3693
97e1581b
JL		 3694 /* Float operand 1. */
3695 case 'a':
3696 {
3697 struct pa_11_fp_reg_struct result;
252b5132 3698
0f4f8b56
JL		 3699 /* This should be more strict. Small steps. */
3700 if (strict && *s != '%')
3701 break;
e7c1f43c 3702 pa_parse_number (&s, &result);
97e1581b
JL		 3703 CHECK_FIELD (result.number_part, 31, 0, 0);
3704 opcode |= result.number_part << 21;
3705 if (need_pa11_opcode (&the_insn, &result))
3706 {
3707 opcode |= (result.l_r_select & 1) << 7;
3708 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3709 }
3710 continue;
3711 }
252b5132 3712
97e1581b 3713 /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */
e061d86f 3714 case 'X':
97e1581b 3715 case 'A':
252b5132 3716 {
97e1581b
JL		 3717 struct pa_11_fp_reg_struct result;
3718
0f4f8b56
JL		 3719 /* This should be more strict. Small steps. */
3720 if (strict && *s != '%')
3721 break;
e7c1f43c 3722 pa_parse_number (&s, &result);
97e1581b
JL		 3723 CHECK_FIELD (result.number_part, 31, 0, 0);
3724 opcode |= result.number_part << 21;
3725 opcode |= (result.l_r_select & 1) << 7;
3726 continue;
252b5132 3727 }
252b5132 3728
97e1581b
JL		 3729 /* Float operand 2. */
3730 case 'b':
3731 {
3732 struct pa_11_fp_reg_struct result;
252b5132 3733
0f4f8b56
JL		 3734 /* This should be more strict. Small steps. */
3735 if (strict && *s != '%')
3736 break;
e7c1f43c 3737 pa_parse_number (&s, &result);
97e1581b
JL		 3738 CHECK_FIELD (result.number_part, 31, 0, 0);
3739 opcode |= (result.number_part & 0x1f) << 16;
3740 if (need_pa11_opcode (&the_insn, &result))
3741 {
3742 opcode |= (result.l_r_select & 1) << 12;
3743 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3744 }
3745 continue;
3746 }
3747
3748 /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */
3749 case 'B':
252b5132 3750 {
97e1581b
JL		 3751 struct pa_11_fp_reg_struct result;
3752
0f4f8b56
JL		 3753 /* This should be more strict. Small steps. */
3754 if (strict && *s != '%')
3755 break;
e7c1f43c 3756 pa_parse_number (&s, &result);
97e1581b
JL		 3757 CHECK_FIELD (result.number_part, 31, 0, 0);
3758 opcode |= (result.number_part & 0x1f) << 16;
252b5132 3759 opcode |= (result.l_r_select & 1) << 12;
97e1581b 3760 continue;
252b5132 3761 }
252b5132 3762
97e1581b
JL		 3763 /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */
3764 case 'C':
3765 {
3766 struct pa_11_fp_reg_struct result;
97e1581b 3767
0f4f8b56
JL		 3768 /* This should be more strict. Small steps. */
3769 if (strict && *s != '%')
3770 break;
e7c1f43c 3771 pa_parse_number (&s, &result);
97e1581b
JL		 3772 CHECK_FIELD (result.number_part, 31, 0, 0);
3773 opcode |= (result.number_part & 0x1c) << 11;
3774 opcode |= (result.number_part & 0x3) << 9;
3775 opcode |= (result.l_r_select & 1) << 8;
3776 continue;
3777 }
b53fcc20 3778
97e1581b
JL		 3779 /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3780 case 'i':
3781 {
3782 struct pa_11_fp_reg_struct result;
b53fcc20 3783
0f4f8b56
JL		 3784 /* This should be more strict. Small steps. */
3785 if (strict && *s != '%')
3786 break;
e7c1f43c 3787 pa_parse_number (&s, &result);
97e1581b
JL		 3788 CHECK_FIELD (result.number_part, 31, 0, 0);
3789 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3790 {
3791 if (result.number_part < 16)
3792 {
3793 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3794 break;
3795 }
252b5132 3796
97e1581b
JL		 3797 result.number_part &= 0xF;
3798 result.number_part |= (result.l_r_select & 1) << 4;
3799 }
3800 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, result.number_part, 21);
3801 }
3802
3803 /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3804 case 'j':
252b5132 3805 {
97e1581b 3806 struct pa_11_fp_reg_struct result;
d53d2751 3807
0f4f8b56
JL		 3808 /* This should be more strict. Small steps. */
3809 if (strict && *s != '%')
3810 break;
e7c1f43c 3811 pa_parse_number (&s, &result);
97e1581b
JL		 3812 CHECK_FIELD (result.number_part, 31, 0, 0);
3813 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
252b5132 3814 {
97e1581b
JL		 3815 if (result.number_part < 16)
3816 {
3817 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3818 break;
3819 }
3820 result.number_part &= 0xF;
3821 result.number_part |= (result.l_r_select & 1) << 4;
252b5132 3822 }
97e1581b 3823 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, result.number_part, 16);
252b5132 3824 }
252b5132 3825
97e1581b
JL		 3826 /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3827 case 'k':
252b5132 3828 {
97e1581b 3829 struct pa_11_fp_reg_struct result;
d53d2751 3830
0f4f8b56
JL		 3831 /* This should be more strict. Small steps. */
3832 if (strict && *s != '%')
3833 break;
e7c1f43c 3834 pa_parse_number (&s, &result);
97e1581b
JL		 3835 CHECK_FIELD (result.number_part, 31, 0, 0);
3836 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
252b5132 3837 {
97e1581b
JL		 3838 if (result.number_part < 16)
3839 {
3840 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3841 break;
3842 }
3843 result.number_part &= 0xF;
3844 result.number_part |= (result.l_r_select & 1) << 4;
252b5132 3845 }
97e1581b 3846 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, result.number_part, 0);
252b5132 3847 }
252b5132 3848
97e1581b
JL		 3849 /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3850 case 'l':
252b5132 3851 {
97e1581b 3852 struct pa_11_fp_reg_struct result;
d53d2751 3853
0f4f8b56
JL		 3854 /* This should be more strict. Small steps. */
3855 if (strict && *s != '%')
3856 break;
e7c1f43c 3857 pa_parse_number (&s, &result);
97e1581b
JL		 3858 CHECK_FIELD (result.number_part, 31, 0, 0);
3859 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
252b5132 3860 {
97e1581b
JL		 3861 if (result.number_part < 16)
3862 {
3863 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3864 break;
3865 }
3866 result.number_part &= 0xF;
3867 result.number_part |= (result.l_r_select & 1) << 4;
252b5132 3868 }
97e1581b 3869 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, result.number_part, 6);
252b5132 3870 }
252b5132 3871
97e1581b
JL		 3872 /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3873 case 'm':
252b5132 3874 {
97e1581b 3875 struct pa_11_fp_reg_struct result;
d53d2751 3876
0f4f8b56
JL		 3877 /* This should be more strict. Small steps. */
3878 if (strict && *s != '%')
3879 break;
e7c1f43c 3880 pa_parse_number (&s, &result);
97e1581b
JL		 3881 CHECK_FIELD (result.number_part, 31, 0, 0);
3882 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
252b5132 3883 {
97e1581b
JL		 3884 if (result.number_part < 16)
3885 {
3886 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3887 break;
3888 }
3889 result.number_part &= 0xF;
3890 result.number_part |= (result.l_r_select & 1) << 4;
252b5132 3891 }
97e1581b 3892 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, result.number_part, 11);
252b5132 3893 }
252b5132 3894
71823da4 3895 /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */
a02fab7e 3896 case 'E':
71823da4
JL		 3897 case 'e':
3898 {
3899 struct pa_11_fp_reg_struct result;
3900
3901 if (strict && *s != '%')
3902 break;
3903 pa_parse_number (&s, &result);
3904 CHECK_FIELD (result.number_part, 31, 0, 0);
3905 opcode |= (result.number_part & 0x1f) << 16;
3906 if (need_pa11_opcode (&the_insn, &result))
3907 {
3908 opcode |= (result.l_r_select & 1) << 1;
3909 }
3910 continue;
d3426803 3911 }
a02fab7e
JL		 3912
3913 /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */
3914 case 'x':
3915 /* This should be more strict. Small steps. */
3916 if (strict && *s != '%')
3917 break;
3918 num = pa_parse_number (&s, 0);
3919 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3920 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3921
97e1581b
JL		 3922 default:
3923 abort ();
3924 }
3925 break;
3926
252b5132
RH		 3927 default:
3928 abort ();
3929 }
3930 break;
3931 }
3932
3933 failed:
3934 /* Check if the args matched. */
3935 if (match == FALSE)
3936 {
3937 if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
3938 && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
3939 {
3940 ++insn;
3941 s = argstart;
3942 continue;
3943 }
3944 else
3945 {
3946 as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
3947 return;
3948 }
3949 }
3950 break;
3951 }
3952
3953 the_insn.opcode = opcode;
3954}
3955
3956/* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant of type
3957 type, and store the appropriate bytes in *litP. The number of LITTLENUMS
3958 emitted is stored in *sizeP . An error message or NULL is returned. */
3959
3960#define MAX_LITTLENUMS 6
3961
3962char *
3963md_atof (type, litP, sizeP)
3964 char type;
3965 char *litP;
3966 int *sizeP;
3967{
3968 int prec;
3969 LITTLENUM_TYPE words[MAX_LITTLENUMS];
3970 LITTLENUM_TYPE *wordP;
3971 char *t;
3972
3973 switch (type)
3974 {
3975
3976 case 'f':
3977 case 'F':
3978 case 's':
3979 case 'S':
3980 prec = 2;
3981 break;
3982
3983 case 'd':
3984 case 'D':
3985 case 'r':
3986 case 'R':
3987 prec = 4;
3988 break;
3989
3990 case 'x':
3991 case 'X':
3992 prec = 6;
3993 break;
3994
3995 case 'p':
3996 case 'P':
3997 prec = 6;
3998 break;
3999
4000 default:
4001 *sizeP = 0;
4002 return _("Bad call to MD_ATOF()");
4003 }
4004 t = atof_ieee (input_line_pointer, type, words);
4005 if (t)
4006 input_line_pointer = t;
4007 *sizeP = prec * sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
4008 for (wordP = words; prec--;)
4009 {
4010 md_number_to_chars (litP, (valueT) (*wordP++), sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE));
4011 litP += sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
4012 }
4013 return NULL;
4014}
4015
4016/* Write out big-endian. */
4017
4018void
4019md_number_to_chars (buf, val, n)
4020 char *buf;
4021 valueT val;
4022 int n;
4023{
4024 number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
4025}
4026
4027/* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
4028 format. */
4029
4030arelent **
4031tc_gen_reloc (section, fixp)
4032 asection *section;
4033 fixS *fixp;
4034{
4035 arelent *reloc;
4036 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
252b5132
RH		 4037 static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
4038 arelent **relocs;
ad1079af
AM		 4039 reloc_type **codes;
4040 reloc_type code;
252b5132
RH		 4041 int n_relocs;
4042 int i;
4043
4044 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
4045 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
4046 return &no_relocs;
ad1079af 4047
252b5132
RH		 4048 assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
4049 assert (section != 0);
4050
4051 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
4052
a0f75b47
ILT		 4053 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4054 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
ad1079af 4055 codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
252b5132
RH		 4056 fixp->fx_r_type,
4057 hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
4058 hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
4059 fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
a0f75b47 4060 symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
252b5132
RH		 4061
4062 if (codes == NULL)
4063 abort ();
4064
4065 for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
4066 ;
4067
4068 relocs = (arelent **) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * n_relocs + 1);
4069 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent) * n_relocs);
4070 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4071 relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
4072
4073 relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
4074
4075#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4076 switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
4077 {
4078 default:
4079 assert (n_relocs == 1);
4080
4081 code = *codes[0];
4082
a0f75b47
ILT		 4083 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4084 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
ad1079af
AM		 4085 reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4086 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
252b5132 4087 reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
252b5132 4088
ad1079af 4089 assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
252b5132
RH		 4090
4091 /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */
4092 switch (code)
4093 {
4094 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
4095 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
4096 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
4097 case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
4098 case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
4099 case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
4100 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4101 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4102 (static link required).
4103
4104 FIXME: We always assume no static link!
4105
4106 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4107 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4108 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4109 reloc->addend = 0;
4110 break;
4111
ad1079af 4112#ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
252b5132
RH		 4113 case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
4114 case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
4115 case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
ad1079af
AM		 4116 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
4117 case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
4118 {
4119 char *buf = fixp->fx_where + fixp->fx_frag->fr_literal;
4120 int insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, buf);
4121
4122#ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC_INSN
4123 /* Store the arg reloc in the instruction. */
4124 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x1ff8)
4125 | ((hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc << 3) & 0x1ff8));
4126 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, buf);
4127 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4128#else
4129 /* The high 22 bits of the constant are stored in the
4130 reloc. The remaining 10 bits can be retrieved from the
4131 instruction. */
4132 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7f8) | ((fixp->fx_offset & 0x3fc) << 1);
4133 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, buf);
4134 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
4135 fixp->fx_offset >> 10);
4136#endif
4137 }
252b5132 4138 break;
ad1079af
AM		 4139
4140 case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
4141 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
4142 {
4143 char *buf = fixp->fx_where + fixp->fx_frag->fr_literal;
4144 int insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, buf);
4145
4146#ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC_INSN
4147 /* Store the arg reloc in the instruction. */
4148 insn = ((insn & ~ 0xff9)
4149 | ((hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc >> 9) & 1)
4150 | ((hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc << 3) & 0xff8));
4151 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, buf);
4152 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4153#else
4154 /* In this case, the instruction stores the high bits, so
4155 the reloc stores the low 22 bits. */
4156 insn = ((insn & ~ 0xff9)
4157 | ((fixp->fx_offset >> 31) & 1)
4158 | ((fixp->fx_offset >> 19) & 0xff8));
4159 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, buf);
4160 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
4161 fixp->fx_offset);
4162#endif
4163 }
4164 break;
4165#endif
4166
252b5132
RH		 4167 default:
4168 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4169 break;
4170 }
4171 break;
4172 }
4173#else /* OBJ_SOM */
4174
4175 /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */
4176 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4177 {
4178 code = *codes[i];
4179
398e8c25
ILT		 4180 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4181 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
ad1079af
AM		 4182 relocs[i]->howto =
4183 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4184 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
252b5132
RH		 4185 relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4186
4187 switch (code)
4188 {
4189 case R_COMP2:
4190 /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
4191 of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four
4192 relocs now and break out of the loop. */
4193 assert (i == 1);
993142d5 4194 relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
ad1079af
AM		 4195 relocs[0]->howto =
4196 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4197 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
252b5132
RH		 4198 relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4199 relocs[0]->addend = 0;
993142d5
ILT		 4200 relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4201 *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
ad1079af
AM		 4202 relocs[1]->howto =
4203 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4204 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
252b5132
RH		 4205 relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4206 relocs[1]->addend = 0;
993142d5
ILT		 4207 relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4208 *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
ad1079af
AM		 4209 relocs[2]->howto =
4210 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4211 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
252b5132
RH		 4212 relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4213 relocs[2]->addend = 0;
993142d5 4214 relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
ad1079af
AM		 4215 relocs[3]->howto =
4216 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4217 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
252b5132
RH		 4218 relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4219 relocs[3]->addend = 0;
993142d5 4220 relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
ad1079af
AM		 4221 relocs[4]->howto =
4222 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4223 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
252b5132
RH		 4224 relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4225 relocs[4]->addend = 0;
4226 goto done;
4227 case R_PCREL_CALL:
4228 case R_ABS_CALL:
4229 relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
4230 break;
4231
4232 case R_DLT_REL:
4233 case R_DATA_PLABEL:
4234 case R_CODE_PLABEL:
4235 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4236 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4237 (static link required).
4238
4239 FIXME: We always assume no static link!
4240
4241 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4242 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4243 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4244 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4245 break;
4246
4247 case R_N_MODE:
4248 case R_S_MODE:
4249 case R_D_MODE:
4250 case R_R_MODE:
4251 case R_FSEL:
4252 case R_LSEL:
4253 case R_RSEL:
4254 case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
4255 case R_END_BRTAB:
4256 case R_BEGIN_TRY:
4257 case R_N0SEL:
4258 case R_N1SEL:
4259 /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */
993142d5
ILT		 4260 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4261 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
252b5132
RH		 4262 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4263 break;
4264
4265 case R_END_TRY:
4266 case R_ENTRY:
4267 case R_EXIT:
4268 /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */
993142d5
ILT		 4269 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4270 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
252b5132
RH		 4271 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4272 break;
4273
4274 default:
4275 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4276 }
4277 }
4278
4279 done:
4280#endif
4281
4282 return relocs;
4283}
4284
4285/* Process any machine dependent frag types. */
4286
4287void
4288md_convert_frag (abfd, sec, fragP)
3f9b03b5
AM		 4289 register bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4290 register asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
252b5132
RH		 4291 register fragS *fragP;
4292{
4293 unsigned int address;
4294
4295 if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
4296 {
4297 switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
4298 {
4299 case 0:
4300 fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
4301 know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
4302 know (fragP->fr_next);
4303 address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
4304 if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
4305 {
4306 fragP->fr_offset =
4307 fragP->fr_next->fr_address
4308 - fragP->fr_address
4309 - fragP->fr_fix;
4310 }
4311 else
4312 fragP->fr_offset = 0;
4313 break;
4314 }
4315 }
4316}
4317
4318/* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
4319
4320valueT
4321md_section_align (segment, size)
4322 asection *segment;
4323 valueT size;
4324{
4325 int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
4326 int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
4327
4328 return (size + align2) & ~align2;
4329}
4330
4331/* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */
4332int
4333md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragP, segment)
4334 register fragS *fragP;
3f9b03b5 4335 asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
252b5132
RH		 4336{
4337 int size;
4338
4339 size = 0;
4340
4341 while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
4342 size++;
4343
4344 return size;
4345}
4346\f
ad1079af 4347#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4c400d5e
AM		 4348# ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4349const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
4350# else
ad1079af 4351const char *md_shortopts = "V";
4c400d5e 4352# endif
ad1079af 4353#else
4c400d5e
AM		 4354# ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4355const char *md_shortopts = "c";
4356# else
ad1079af 4357const char *md_shortopts = "";
4c400d5e 4358# endif
ad1079af
AM		 4359#endif
4360
252b5132 4361struct option md_longopts[] = {
4c400d5e
AM		 4362#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4363 {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
4364#endif
252b5132
RH		 4365 {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
4366};
4367size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof(md_longopts);
4368
4369int
4370md_parse_option (c, arg)
3f9b03b5
AM		 4371 int c ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4372 char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
252b5132 4373{
ad1079af
AM		 4374 switch (c)
4375 {
4376 default:
4377 return 0;
4378
4379#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4380 case 'V':
4381 print_version_id ();
4382 break;
4c400d5e
AM		 4383#endif
4384#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4385 case 'c':
4386 warn_comment = 1;
4387 break;
ad1079af
AM		 4388#endif
4389 }
4390
4391 return 1;
252b5132
RH		 4392}
4393
4394void
4395md_show_usage (stream)
3f9b03b5 4396 FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
252b5132 4397{
4c400d5e
AM		 4398#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4399 fprintf (stream, _("\
4400 -Q ignored\n"));
4401#endif
4402#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4403 fprintf (stream, _("\
4404 -c print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
4405#endif
252b5132
RH		 4406}
4407\f
4408/* We have no need to default values of symbols. */
4409
4410symbolS *
4411md_undefined_symbol (name)
3f9b03b5 4412 char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
252b5132
RH		 4413{
4414 return 0;
4415}
4416
25a8b250 4417#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
ad1079af
AM		 4418#define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
4419 ((CALLEE) && (CALLER) && ((CALLEE) != (CALLER)))
4420#else
4421#define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
4422#endif
4423
252b5132
RH		 4424/* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */
4425
4426int
4427md_apply_fix (fixP, valp)
4428 fixS *fixP;
4429 valueT *valp;
4430{
4431 char *buf = fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal;
4432 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
3f9b03b5 4433 offsetT new_val;
ad1079af 4434 int insn, val;
252b5132
RH		 4435
4436 hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
4437 /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
4438 never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for
4439 R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */
4440#ifdef OBJ_SOM
4441 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
4442 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
4443 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
4444 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
4445 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
4446 return 1;
4447
4448 /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
4449 fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
4450 adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */
4451 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
4452 {
4453 fixP->fx_offset = *valp;
4454 return 1;
4455 }
4456#endif
4457
1cd1c99b 4458 insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, (unsigned char *) buf);
252b5132
RH		 4459 /* There should have been an HPPA specific fixup associated
4460 with the GAS fixup. */
4461 if (hppa_fixP)
4462 {
ad1079af 4463 int fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
252b5132
RH		 4464
4465 /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
4466 which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
4467 In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
4468 will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */
4469 if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
ad1079af 4470 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
252b5132
RH		 4471#ifdef OBJ_SOM
4472 && fmt != 32
4473#endif
4474 )
90700a53 4475 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
252b5132
RH		 4476#ifdef OBJ_SOM
4477 /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */
4478 else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
4479 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
4480 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
4481 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
4482 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
4483 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
90700a53 4484 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
252b5132
RH		 4485 /* This is truely disgusting. The machine independent code blindly
4486 adds in the value of the symbol being relocated against. Damn! */
4487 else if (fmt == 32
4488 && fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
4489 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != bfd_com_section_ptr)
4490 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (*valp - S_GET_VALUE (fixP->fx_addsy),
4491 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4492#endif
4493 else
4494 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (*valp, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4495
4496 /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */
90700a53 4497 if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
252b5132
RH		 4498 && fixP->fx_addsy
4499 && fixP->fx_pcrel
ad1079af
AM		 4500 && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
4501 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
46b85d42
AM		 4502 && ((*valp + 8192) < 16384
4503 || (fmt == 17 && (*valp + 262144) < 524288)
4504 || (fmt == 22 && (*valp + 8388608) < 16777216))
252b5132
RH		 4505 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
4506 && !(fixP->fx_subsy
4507 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
ad1079af
AM		 4508 {
4509 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (*valp, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4510 }
3f9b03b5 4511
252b5132
RH		 4512 switch (fmt)
4513 {
a02fab7e
JL		 4514 case 10:
4515 CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 8191, -8192, 0);
3f9b03b5 4516 val = new_val;
a02fab7e 4517
3f9b03b5
AM		 4518 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
4519 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
a02fab7e
JL		 4520 break;
4521 case -11:
4522 CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 8191, -8192, 0);
3f9b03b5 4523 val = new_val;
a02fab7e 4524
3f9b03b5
AM		 4525 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
4526 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
a02fab7e 4527 break;
252b5132
RH		 4528 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */
4529 case 14:
4530 CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 8191, -8192, 0);
3f9b03b5 4531 val = new_val;
252b5132 4532
3f9b03b5 4533 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
252b5132
RH		 4534 break;
4535
4536 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */
4537 case 21:
ad1079af 4538 CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
3f9b03b5
AM		 4539 val = new_val;
4540
ad1079af 4541 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
252b5132
RH		 4542 break;
4543
4544 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */
4545 case 11:
4546 CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 1023, -1023, 0);
3f9b03b5 4547 val = new_val;
252b5132 4548
3f9b03b5 4549 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
252b5132
RH		 4550 break;
4551
4552 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */
4553 case 12:
4554 CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 8199, -8184, 0);
3f9b03b5 4555 val = new_val;
252b5132 4556
ad1079af 4557 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 ((val - 8) >> 2);
252b5132
RH		 4558 break;
4559
4560 /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */
4561 case 17:
4562 {
3f9b03b5 4563 offsetT distance = *valp;
252b5132
RH		 4564
4565 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4566 range target, then we want to complain. */
ad1079af 4567 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
3f9b03b5 4568 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
252b5132
RH		 4569 CHECK_FIELD (distance, 262143, -262144, 0);
4570
3f9b03b5
AM		 4571 CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 262143, -262144, 0);
4572 val = new_val;
4573
ad1079af 4574 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 ((val - 8) >> 2);
252b5132
RH		 4575 break;
4576 }
4577
77c02e18
JL		 4578 case 22:
4579 {
3f9b03b5 4580 offsetT distance = *valp;
77c02e18
JL		 4581
4582 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4583 range target, then we want to complain. */
ad1079af 4584 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
3f9b03b5 4585 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
77c02e18
JL		 4586 CHECK_FIELD (distance, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
4587
3f9b03b5
AM		 4588 CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
4589 val = new_val;
4590
ad1079af 4591 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 ((val - 8) >> 2);
77c02e18
JL		 4592 break;
4593 }
4594
ad1079af
AM		 4595 case -10:
4596 val = new_val;
4597 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
4598 break;
4599
4600 case -16:
4601 val = new_val;
4602 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
4603 break;
4604
4605 case 16:
4606 val = new_val;
4607 insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
4608 break;
4609
252b5132 4610 case 32:
3f9b03b5 4611 insn = new_val;
252b5132
RH		 4612 break;
4613
4614 default:
4615 as_bad (_("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
4616 return 0;
4617 }
4618
4619 /* Insert the relocation. */
ad1079af 4620 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, (unsigned char *) buf);
252b5132
RH		 4621 return 1;
4622 }
4623 else
4624 {
4625 printf (_("no hppa_fixup entry for this fixup (fixP = 0x%x, type = 0x%x)\n"),
4626 (unsigned int) fixP, fixP->fx_r_type);
4627 return 0;
4628 }
4629}
4630
4631/* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
4632 On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */
4633
4634long
4635md_pcrel_from (fixP)
4636 fixS *fixP;
4637{
4638 return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
4639}
4640
4641/* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
4642 a statement. */
4643
4644static int
4645is_end_of_statement ()
4646{
4647 return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
4648 || (*input_line_pointer == ';')
4649 || (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
4650}
4651
4652/* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms,
4653 the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
4654 a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
4655
4656 Return a number or -1 for failure.
4657
4658 When parsing PA-89 FP register numbers RESULT will be
4659 the address of a structure to return information about
4660 L/R half of FP registers, store results there as appropriate.
4661
4662 pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
4663 horribly if it is passed such a constant. */
4664
4665static int
4666pa_parse_number (s, result)
4667 char **s;
4668 struct pa_11_fp_reg_struct *result;
4669{
4670 int num;
4671 char *name;
4672 char c;
4673 symbolS *sym;
4674 int status;
4675 char *p = *s;
4676
4677 /* Skip whitespace before the number. */
4678 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
4679 p = p + 1;
4680
4681 /* Store info in RESULT if requested by caller. */
4682 if (result)
4683 {
4684 result->number_part = -1;
4685 result->l_r_select = -1;
4686 }
4687 num = -1;
4688
4689 if (isdigit (*p))
4690 {
4691 /* Looks like a number. */
4692 num = 0;
4693
4694 if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
4695 {
4696 /* The number is specified in hex. */
4697 p += 2;
4698 while (isdigit (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
4699 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
4700 {
4701 if (isdigit (*p))
4702 num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
4703 else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
4704 num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
4705 else
4706 num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
4707 ++p;
4708 }
4709 }
4710 else
4711 {
4712 /* The number is specified in decimal. */
4713 while (isdigit (*p))
4714 {
4715 num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
4716 ++p;
4717 }
4718 }
4719
4720 /* Store info in RESULT if requested by the caller. */
4721 if (result)
4722 {
4723 result->number_part = num;
4724
4725 if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
4726 {
4727 result->l_r_select = 1;
4728 ++p;
4729 }
4730 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
4731 {
4732 result->l_r_select = 0;
4733 ++p;
4734 }
4735 else
4736 result->l_r_select = 0;
4737 }
4738 }
4739 else if (*p == '%')
4740 {
4741 /* The number might be a predefined register. */
4742 num = 0;
4743 name = p;
4744 p++;
4745 c = *p;
4746 /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
4747 code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
4748 slow. */
4749 if (c == 'r')
4750 {
4751 p++;
4752 if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
4753 && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
4754 {
4755 p += 2;
4756 num = *p - '0' + 28;
4757 p++;
4758 }
4759 else if (*p == 'p')
4760 {
4761 num = 2;
4762 p++;
4763 }
4764 else if (!isdigit (*p))
4765 {
4766 if (print_errors)
4767 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4768 num = -1;
4769 }
4770 else
4771 {
4772 do
4773 num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
4774 while (isdigit (*p));
4775 }
4776 }
4777 else
4778 {
4779 /* Do a normal register search. */
4780 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4781 {
4782 p = p + 1;
4783 c = *p;
4784 }
4785 *p = 0;
4786 status = reg_name_search (name);
4787 if (status >= 0)
4788 num = status;
4789 else
4790 {
4791 if (print_errors)
4792 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4793 num = -1;
4794 }
4795 *p = c;
4796 }
4797
4798 /* Store info in RESULT if requested by caller. */
4799 if (result)
4800 {
4801 result->number_part = num;
4802 if (IS_R_SELECT (p - 1))
4803 result->l_r_select = 1;
4804 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p - 1))
4805 result->l_r_select = 0;
4806 else
4807 result->l_r_select = 0;
4808 }
4809 }
4810 else
4811 {
4812 /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
4813 is effectively a constant. */
4814 num = 0;
4815 name = p;
4816 c = *p;
4817 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4818 {
4819 p = p + 1;
4820 c = *p;
4821 }
4822 *p = 0;
4823 if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
4824 {
4825 if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == &bfd_abs_section)
4826 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4827 else
4828 {
4829 if (print_errors)
4830 as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
4831 num = -1;
4832 }
4833 }
4834 else
4835 {
4836 /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
4837 or for an empty string. For an empty string we
4838 will return zero. That's a concession made for
4839 compatability with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */
4840 if (*name == 0)
4841 num = 0;
4842 else
4843 {
4844 if (print_errors)
4845 as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
4846 num = -1;
4847 }
4848 }
4849 *p = c;
4850
4851 /* Store info in RESULT if requested by caller. */
4852 if (result)
4853 {
4854 result->number_part = num;
4855 if (IS_R_SELECT (p - 1))
4856 result->l_r_select = 1;
4857 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p - 1))
4858 result->l_r_select = 0;
4859 else
4860 result->l_r_select = 0;
4861 }
4862 }
4863
4864 *s = p;
4865 return num;
4866}
4867
4868#define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof(pre_defined_registers) / sizeof(struct pd_reg))
4869
4870/* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
4871 the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */
4872
4873static int
4874reg_name_search (name)
4875 char *name;
4876{
4877 int middle, low, high;
4878 int cmp;
4879
4880 low = 0;
4881 high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
4882
4883 do
4884 {
4885 middle = (low + high) / 2;
4886 cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
4887 if (cmp < 0)
4888 high = middle - 1;
4889 else if (cmp > 0)
4890 low = middle + 1;
4891 else
4892 return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
4893 }
4894 while (low <= high);
4895
4896 return -1;
4897}
4898
4899
4900/* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
4901 a new PA-1.1 opcode. */
4902
4903static int
4904need_pa11_opcode (insn, result)
4905 struct pa_it *insn;
4906 struct pa_11_fp_reg_struct *result;
4907{
4908 if (result->l_r_select == 1 && !(insn->fpof1 == DBL && insn->fpof2 == DBL))
4909 {
4910 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
4911 then set a new architecture. */
4912 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
4913 {
4914 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
4915 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
4916 }
4917 return TRUE;
4918 }
4919 else
4920 return FALSE;
4921}
4922
4923/* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical
4924 code associated with the condition. */
4925
4926static int
4927pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (s)
4928 char **s;
4929{
4930 int cond, i;
4931
4932 cond = 0;
4933
4934 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
4935 {
4936 if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
4937 strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
4938 {
4939 cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
4940 *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4941 /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
4942 report an error. */
4943 if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4944 {
4945 *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4946 break;
4947 }
4948 while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
4949 *s = *s + 1;
4950 return cond;
4951 }
4952 }
4953
4954 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
4955
4956 /* Advance over the bogus completer. */
4957 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4958 *s += 1;
4959
4960 return 0;
4961}
4962
1cf6ae67
JL		 4963/* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */
4964
4965static int
4966pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (s)
4967 char **s;
4968{
4969 int value;
4970
4971 value = 0;
4972 if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
4973 {
4974 value = 5;
4975 *s += 4;
4976 }
4977 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
4978 {
4979 value = 9;
4980 *s += 4;
4981 }
4982 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
4983 {
4984 value = 13;
4985 *s += 4;
4986 }
4987 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
4988 {
4989 value = 17;
4990 *s += 4;
4991 }
4992 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
4993 {
4994 value = 1;
4995 *s += 3;
4996 }
4997 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
4998 {
4999 value = 6;
5000 *s += 4;
5001 }
5002 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
5003 {
5004 value = 2;
5005 *s += 3;
5006 }
5007 else
5008 {
5009 value = 0;
5010 as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
5011 }
5012
5013 return value;
5014}
5015
5016/* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
5017 type. */
5018
5019static fp_operand_format
5020pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (s)
5021 char **s;
5022{
5023 int format;
5024
5025 format = SGL;
5026 if (**s == ',')
5027 {
5028 *s += 1;
5029 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
5030 {
5031 format = SGL;
5032 *s += 4;
5033 }
5034 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
5035 {
5036 format = DBL;
5037 *s += 4;
5038 }
5039 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
5040 {
5041 format = QUAD;
5042 *s += 5;
5043 }
5044 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
5045 {
5046 format = W;
5047 *s += 2;
5048 }
5049 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
5050 {
5051 format = UW;
5052 *s += 3;
5053 }
5054 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
5055 {
5056 format = DW;
5057 *s += 3;
5058 }
5059 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
5060 {
5061 format = UDW;
5062 *s += 4;
5063 }
5064 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
5065 {
5066 format = QW;
5067 *s += 3;
5068 }
5069 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
5070 {
5071 format = UQW;
5072 *s += 4;
5073 }
5074 else
5075 {
5076 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5077 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5078 }
5079 }
5080
5081 return format;
5082}
252b5132
RH		 5083
5084/* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
5085 type. */
5086
5087static fp_operand_format
5088pa_parse_fp_format (s)
5089 char **s;
5090{
5091 int format;
5092
5093 format = SGL;
5094 if (**s == ',')
5095 {
5096 *s += 1;
5097 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
5098 {
5099 format = SGL;
5100 *s += 4;
5101 }
5102 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
5103 {
5104 format = DBL;
5105 *s += 4;
5106 }
5107 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
5108 {
5109 format = QUAD;
5110 *s += 5;
5111 }
5112 else
5113 {
5114 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5115 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5116 }
5117 }
5118
5119 return format;
5120}
5121
5122/* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */
5123
5124static int
5125pa_chk_field_selector (str)
5126 char **str;
5127{
5128 int middle, low, high;
5129 int cmp;
5130 char name[4];
5131
5132 /* Read past any whitespace. */
5133 /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */
5134 while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f')
5135 *str = *str + 1;
5136
5137 if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%')
5138 name[0] = tolower ((*str)[0]),
5139 name[1] = 0;
5140 else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%')
5141 name[0] = tolower ((*str)[0]),
5142 name[1] = tolower ((*str)[1]),
5143 name[2] = 0;
252b5132
RH		 5144 else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%')
5145 name[0] = tolower ((*str)[0]),
5146 name[1] = tolower ((*str)[1]),
5147 name[2] = tolower ((*str)[2]),
5148 name[3] = 0;
252b5132
RH		 5149 else
5150 return e_fsel;
5151
5152 low = 0;
5153 high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
5154
5155 do
5156 {
5157 middle = (low + high) / 2;
5158 cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
5159 if (cmp < 0)
5160 high = middle - 1;
5161 else if (cmp > 0)
5162 low = middle + 1;
5163 else
5164 {
5165 *str += strlen (name) + 1;
5166#ifndef OBJ_SOM
5167 if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
5168 return e_fsel;
5169#endif
5170 return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
5171 }
5172 }
5173 while (low <= high);
5174
5175 return e_fsel;
5176}
5177
5178/* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */
5179
5180static int
5181get_expression (str)
5182 char *str;
5183{
5184 char *save_in;
5185 asection *seg;
5186
5187 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5188 input_line_pointer = str;
5189 seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
5190 if (!(seg == absolute_section
5191 || seg == undefined_section
5192 || SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
5193 {
5194 as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
5195 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5196 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5197 return 1;
5198 }
5199 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5200 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5201 return 0;
5202}
5203
5204/* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */
5205static int
5206pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp)
5207 struct pa_it *insn;
5208 char **strp;
5209{
5210 char *save_in;
5211
5212 insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
5213 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5214 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5215 expression (&insn->exp);
5216 /* This is not perfect, but is a huge improvement over doing nothing.
5217
5218 The PA assembly syntax is ambigious in a variety of ways. Consider
5219 this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register
5220 r5, or is that 4 MOD 5?
5221
5222 If we get a modulo expresion When looking for an absolute, we try
5223 again cutting off the input string at the first whitespace character. */
5224 if (insn->exp.X_op == O_modulus)
5225 {
5226 char *s, c;
5227 int retval;
5228
5229 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5230 s = *strp;
5231 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
5232 s++;
5233
5234 c = *s;
5235 *s = 0;
5236
5237 retval = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
5238
5239 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5240 *s = c;
5241 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5242 }
0f4f8b56
JL		 5243 /* When in strict mode we have a non-match, fix up the pointers
5244 and return to our caller. */
5245 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant && strict)
5246 {
5247 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5248 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5249 return 0;
5250 }
252b5132
RH		 5251 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
5252 {
5253 as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
5254 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5255 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5256 return 0;
5257 }
5258 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5259 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5260 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5261}
5262
5263/* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
5264 the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */
5265static int
5266evaluate_absolute (insn)
5267 struct pa_it *insn;
5268{
3f9b03b5 5269 offsetT value;
252b5132
RH		 5270 expressionS exp;
5271 int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
5272
5273 exp = insn->exp;
5274 value = exp.X_add_number;
5275
3f9b03b5 5276 return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
252b5132
RH		 5277}
5278
5279/* Given an argument location specification return the associated
5280 argument location number. */
5281
5282static unsigned int
5283pa_build_arg_reloc (type_name)
5284 char *type_name;
5285{
5286
5287 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
5288 return 0;
5289 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
5290 return 1;
5291 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
5292 return 2;
5293 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
5294 return 3;
5295 else
5296 as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
5297
5298 return 0;
5299}
5300
5301/* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
5302 the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */
5303
5304static unsigned int
5305pa_align_arg_reloc (reg, arg_reloc)
5306 unsigned int reg;
5307 unsigned int arg_reloc;
5308{
5309 unsigned int new_reloc;
5310
5311 new_reloc = arg_reloc;
5312 switch (reg)
5313 {
5314 case 0:
5315 new_reloc <<= 8;
5316 break;
5317 case 1:
5318 new_reloc <<= 6;
5319 break;
5320 case 2:
5321 new_reloc <<= 4;
5322 break;
5323 case 3:
5324 new_reloc <<= 2;
5325 break;
5326 default:
5327 as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
5328 }
5329
5330 return new_reloc;
5331}
5332
5333/* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the
5334 completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */
5335
5336static int
5337pa_parse_nullif (s)
5338 char **s;
5339{
5340 int nullif;
5341
5342 nullif = 0;
5343 if (**s == ',')
5344 {
5345 *s = *s + 1;
5346 if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
5347 nullif = 1;
5348 else
5349 {
5350 as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
5351 nullif = 0;
5352 }
5353 *s = *s + 1;
5354 }
5355
5356 return nullif;
5357}
5358
5359/* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5360 number (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5361
5362 ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
5363 completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
5364 computational instruction. */
5365
5366static int
5367pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
5368 char **s;
5369 int isbranch;
5370{
5371 int cmpltr;
5372 char *name = *s + 1;
5373 char c;
5374 char *save_s = *s;
5375 int nullify = 0;
5376
5377 cmpltr = 0;
5378 if (**s == ',')
5379 {
5380 *s += 1;
5381 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5382 *s += 1;
5383 c = **s;
5384 **s = 0x00;
5385
5386
5387 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5388 {
5389 cmpltr = 1;
5390 }
5391 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5392 {
5393 cmpltr = 2;
5394 }
5395 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5396 {
5397 cmpltr = 3;
5398 }
5399 else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
5400 {
5401 cmpltr = 4;
5402 }
5403 else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
5404 {
5405 cmpltr = 5;
5406 }
5407 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5408 {
5409 cmpltr = 6;
5410 }
5411 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5412 {
5413 cmpltr = 7;
5414 }
5415 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5416 completer. */
5417 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
5418 {
5419 cmpltr = 0;
5420 nullify = 1;
5421 }
5422 else
5423 {
5424 cmpltr = -1;
5425 }
5426 **s = c;
5427 }
5428
5429 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5430 if (nullify)
5431 *s = save_s;
5432
5433
5434 return cmpltr;
5435}
5436
5437/* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5438 number (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5439
5440 ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
5441 completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
5442 computational instruction. */
5443
5444static int
5445pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
5446 char **s;
5447 int isbranch;
5448{
5449 int cmpltr;
5450 char *name = *s + 1;
5451 char c;
5452 char *save_s = *s;
5453 int nullify = 0;
5454
5455 cmpltr = 0;
5456 if (**s == ',')
5457 {
5458 *s += 1;
5459 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5460 *s += 1;
5461 c = **s;
5462 **s = 0x00;
5463
5464
5465 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5466 {
5467 cmpltr = 0;
5468 }
5469 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5470 {
5471 cmpltr = 1;
5472 }
5473 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5474 {
5475 cmpltr = 2;
5476 }
5477 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5478 {
5479 cmpltr = 3;
5480 }
5481 else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
5482 {
5483 cmpltr = 4;
5484 }
5485 else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
5486 {
5487 cmpltr = 5;
5488 }
5489 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5490 {
5491 cmpltr = 6;
5492 }
5493 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5494 {
5495 cmpltr = 7;
5496 }
5497 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5498 completer. */
5499 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
5500 {
5501 cmpltr = 0;
5502 nullify = 1;
5503 }
5504 else
5505 {
5506 cmpltr = -1;
5507 }
5508 **s = c;
5509 }
5510
5511 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5512 if (nullify)
5513 *s = save_s;
5514
5515
5516 return cmpltr;
5517}
5518
5519
d53d2751
JL		 5520/* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
5521 encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5522
5523 Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
5524 returned as 8-15. */
5525
5526static int
5527pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (s)
5528 char **s;
5529{
5530 int cmpltr;
5531 char *name = *s + 1;
5532 char c;
d53d2751
JL		 5533
5534 cmpltr = -1;
5535 if (**s == ',')
5536 {
5537 *s += 1;
5538 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5539 *s += 1;
5540 c = **s;
5541 **s = 0x00;
5542
5543 if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
5544 {
5545 cmpltr = 0;
5546 }
5547 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5548 {
5549 cmpltr = 1;
5550 }
5551 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5552 {
5553 cmpltr = 2;
5554 }
5555 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5556 {
5557 cmpltr = 3;
5558 }
5559 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5560 {
5561 cmpltr = 4;
5562 }
5563 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
5564 {
5565 cmpltr = 5;
5566 }
5567 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
5568 {
5569 cmpltr = 6;
5570 }
5571 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
5572 {
5573 cmpltr = 7;
5574 }
5575 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
5576 {
5577 cmpltr = 8;
5578 }
5579 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5580 {
5581 cmpltr = 9;
5582 }
5583 else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5584 {
5585 cmpltr = 10;
5586 }
5587 else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5588 {
5589 cmpltr = 11;
5590 }
5591 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5592 {
5593 cmpltr = 12;
5594 }
5595 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
5596 {
5597 cmpltr = 13;
5598 }
5599 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
5600 {
5601 cmpltr = 14;
5602 }
5603 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
5604 {
5605 cmpltr = 15;
5606 }
5607 else
5608 {
5609 cmpltr = -1;
5610 }
5611 **s = c;
5612 }
5613
5614
5615 return cmpltr;
5616}
5617
5618/* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
5619 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5620
5621static int
5622pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (s)
5623 char **s;
5624{
5625 int cmpltr;
5626 char *name = *s + 1;
5627 char c;
d53d2751
JL		 5628
5629 cmpltr = -1;
5630 if (**s == ',')
5631 {
5632 *s += 1;
5633 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5634 *s += 1;
5635 c = **s;
5636 **s = 0x00;
5637
5638 if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5639 {
5640 cmpltr = 0;
5641 }
5642 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5643 {
5644 cmpltr = 1;
5645 }
5646 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5647 {
5648 cmpltr = 2;
5649 }
5650 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5651 {
5652 cmpltr = 3;
5653 }
5654 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5655 {
5656 cmpltr = 4;
5657 }
5658 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5659 {
5660 cmpltr = 5;
5661 }
5662 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5663 {
5664 cmpltr = 6;
5665 }
5666 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5667 {
5668 cmpltr = 7;
5669 }
5670 else
5671 {
5672 cmpltr = -1;
5673 }
5674 **s = c;
5675 }
5676
5677
5678 return cmpltr;
5679}
5680
252b5132
RH		 5681/* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
5682 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5683
5684 ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
5685 completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
5686 computational instruction. */
5687
5688static int
5689pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
5690 char **s;
5691 int isbranch;
5692{
5693 int cmpltr;
5694 char *name = *s + 1;
5695 char c;
5696 char *save_s = *s;
5697
5698 cmpltr = 0;
5699 if (**s == ',')
5700 {
5701 *s += 1;
5702 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5703 *s += 1;
5704 c = **s;
5705 **s = 0x00;
5706 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5707 {
5708 cmpltr = 1;
5709 }
5710 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5711 {
5712 cmpltr = 2;
5713 }
5714 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5715 {
5716 cmpltr = 3;
5717 }
5718 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5719 {
5720 cmpltr = 4;
5721 }
5722 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
5723 {
5724 cmpltr = 5;
5725 }
5726 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5727 {
5728 cmpltr = 6;
5729 }
5730 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5731 {
5732 cmpltr = 7;
5733 }
5734 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5735 completer. */
5736 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
5737 {
5738 cmpltr = 0;
5739 }
5740 else
5741 {
5742 cmpltr = -1;
5743 }
5744 **s = c;
5745 }
5746
5747 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5748 if (cmpltr == 0 && *name == 'n' && isbranch)
5749 *s = save_s;
5750
5751 return cmpltr;
5752}
5753
5754/* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
5755 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5756
5757 ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
5758 completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
5759 computational instruction). */
5760
5761static int
5762pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
5763 char **s;
5764 int isbranch;
5765{
5766 int cmpltr;
5767 char *name = *s + 1;
5768 char c;
5769 char *save_s = *s;
5770
5771 cmpltr = 0;
5772 if (**s == ',')
5773 {
5774 *s += 1;
5775 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5776 *s += 1;
5777 c = **s;
5778 **s = 0x00;
5779 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5780 {
5781 cmpltr = 0;
5782 }
5783 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5784 {
5785 cmpltr = 1;
5786 }
5787 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5788 {
5789 cmpltr = 2;
5790 }
5791 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5792 {
5793 cmpltr = 3;
5794 }
5795 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5796 {
5797 cmpltr = 4;
5798 }
5799 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
5800 {
5801 cmpltr = 5;
5802 }
5803 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5804 {
5805 cmpltr = 6;
5806 }
5807 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5808 {
5809 cmpltr = 7;
5810 }
5811 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5812 completer. */
5813 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
5814 {
5815 cmpltr = 0;
5816 }
5817 else
5818 {
5819 cmpltr = -1;
5820 }
5821 **s = c;
5822 }
5823
5824 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5825 if (cmpltr == 0 && *name == 'n' && isbranch)
5826 *s = save_s;
5827
5828 return cmpltr;
5829}
5830
d53d2751
JL		 5831/* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
5832 encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5833
5834static int
5835pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (s)
5836 char **s;
5837{
5838 int cmpltr;
5839 char *name = *s + 1;
5840 char c;
5841 char *save_s = *s;
5842 int nullify = 0;
5843
5844 cmpltr = 0;
5845 if (**s == ',')
5846 {
5847 *s += 1;
5848 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5849 *s += 1;
5850 c = **s;
5851 **s = 0x00;
5852 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5853 {
5854 cmpltr = 1;
5855 }
5856 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5857 {
5858 cmpltr = 2;
5859 }
5860 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5861 {
5862 cmpltr = 3;
5863 }
5864 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5865 {
5866 cmpltr = 4;
5867 }
5868 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5869 {
5870 cmpltr = 5;
5871 }
5872 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5873 {
5874 cmpltr = 6;
5875 }
5876 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5877 {
5878 cmpltr = 7;
5879 }
5880 else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5881 {
5882 cmpltr = 8;
5883 }
5884 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5885 {
5886 cmpltr = 9;
5887 }
5888 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5889 {
5890 cmpltr = 10;
5891 }
5892 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5893 {
5894 cmpltr = 11;
5895 }
5896 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5897 {
5898 cmpltr = 12;
5899 }
5900 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5901 {
5902 cmpltr = 13;
5903 }
5904 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5905 {
5906 cmpltr = 14;
5907 }
5908 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5909 {
5910 cmpltr = 15;
5911 }
5912 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5913 completer. */
5914 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5915 {
5916 cmpltr = 0;
5917 nullify = 1;
5918 }
5919 else
5920 {
5921 cmpltr = -1;
5922 }
5923 **s = c;
5924 }
5925
5926 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5927 if (nullify)
5928 *s = save_s;
5929
5930 return cmpltr;
5931}
5932
49863f82 5933#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 5934/* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the
5935 alignment of the subspace if necessary. */
5936static void
5937pa_align (bytes)
5938{
5939 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5940 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5941
5942 /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */
5943 s_align_bytes (bytes);
5944
5945 /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
5946 alignment if necessary. */
5947 if (log2 (bytes) != -1)
5948 record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, log2 (bytes));
5949}
49863f82 5950#endif
252b5132
RH		 5951
5952/* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */
5953
5954static void
5955pa_block (z)
3f9b03b5 5956 int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
252b5132
RH		 5957{
5958 char *p;
5959 long int temp_fill;
5960 unsigned int temp_size;
5961 unsigned int i;
5962
49863f82 5963#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 5964 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5965 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
49863f82 5966#endif
252b5132
RH		 5967
5968 temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
5969
5970 /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */
5971 temp_fill = 0;
5972
5973 p = frag_var (rs_fill, (int) temp_size, (int) temp_size,
5974 (relax_substateT) 0, (symbolS *) 0, (offsetT) 1, NULL);
5975 memset (p, 0, temp_size);
5976
5977 /* Convert 2 bytes at a time. */
5978
5979 for (i = 0; i < temp_size; i += 2)
5980 {
5981 md_number_to_chars (p + i,
5982 (valueT) temp_fill,
5983 (int) ((temp_size - i) > 2 ? 2 : (temp_size - i)));
5984 }
5985
5986 pa_undefine_label ();
5987 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5988}
5989
5990/* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */
5991
5992static void
5993pa_brtab (begin)
3f9b03b5 5994 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
252b5132
RH		 5995{
5996
5997#ifdef OBJ_SOM
5998 /* The BRTAB relocations are only availble in SOM (to denote
5999 the beginning and end of branch tables). */
6000 char *where = frag_more (0);
6001
6002 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6003 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
6004 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
6005 e_fsel, 0, 0, NULL);
6006#endif
6007
6008 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6009}
6010
6011/* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */
6012
6013static void
6014pa_try (begin)
3f9b03b5 6015 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
252b5132
RH		 6016{
6017#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6018 expressionS exp;
6019 char *where = frag_more (0);
6020
6021 if (! begin)
6022 expression (&exp);
6023
6024 /* The TRY relocations are only availble in SOM (to denote
6025 the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */
6026
6027 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6028 NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
6029 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
6030 e_fsel, 0, 0, NULL);
6031#endif
6032
6033 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6034}
6035
6036/* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information
6037 about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
6038 (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */
6039
6040static void
6041pa_call (unused)
3f9b03b5 6042 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
252b5132 6043{
49863f82 6044#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 6045 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6046 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
49863f82 6047#endif
252b5132
RH		 6048
6049 pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
6050 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6051}
6052
6053/* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes
6054 where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */
6055
6056static void
6057pa_call_args (call_desc)
6058 struct call_desc *call_desc;
6059{
6060 char *name, c, *p;
6061 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6062
6063 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6064 {
6065 name = input_line_pointer;
6066 c = get_symbol_end ();
6067 /* Process a source argument. */
6068 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6069 {
6070 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6071 p = input_line_pointer;
6072 *p = c;
6073 input_line_pointer++;
6074 name = input_line_pointer;
6075 c = get_symbol_end ();
6076 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6077 call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc);
6078 }
6079 /* Process a return value. */
6080 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0))
6081 {
6082 p = input_line_pointer;
6083 *p = c;
6084 input_line_pointer++;
6085 name = input_line_pointer;
6086 c = get_symbol_end ();
6087 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6088 call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3);
6089 }
6090 else
6091 {
6092 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
6093 }
6094 p = input_line_pointer;
6095 *p = c;
6096 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6097 input_line_pointer++;
6098 }
6099}
6100
6101/* Return TRUE if FRAG1 and FRAG2 are the same. */
6102
6103static int
6104is_same_frag (frag1, frag2)
6105 fragS *frag1;
6106 fragS *frag2;
6107{
6108
6109 if (frag1 == NULL)
6110 return (FALSE);
6111 else if (frag2 == NULL)
6112 return (FALSE);
6113 else if (frag1 == frag2)
6114 return (TRUE);
6115 else if (frag2->fr_type == rs_fill && frag2->fr_fix == 0)
6116 return (is_same_frag (frag1, frag2->fr_next));
6117 else
6118 return (FALSE);
6119}
6120
6121#ifdef OBJ_ELF
6122/* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
6123 attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using
6124 R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
6125 of the unwind spaces. */
6126
6127static void
6128pa_build_unwind_subspace (call_info)
6129 struct call_info *call_info;
6130{
6131 char *unwind;
6132 asection *seg, *save_seg;
3f9b03b5
AM		 6133 subsegT save_subseg;
6134 unsigned int i;
6135 int reloc;
252b5132
RH		 6136 char c, *p;
6137
f1a1312b 6138 if (now_seg != text_section)
7acbfc6b
JL		 6139 return;
6140
9100134c
JL		 6141 if (bfd_get_arch_info (stdoutput)->bits_per_address == 32)
6142 reloc = R_PARISC_DIR32;
46031ca9 6143 else
9100134c 6144 reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
d53d2751 6145
c97305a1
JL		 6146 save_seg = now_seg;
6147 save_subseg = now_subseg;
252b5132
RH		 6148 /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating
6149 the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the
6150 old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */
252b5132
RH		 6151 seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
6152 if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
6153 {
c97305a1 6154 seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
252b5132
RH		 6155 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg,
6156 SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
b100be66
JL		 6157 | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA);
6158 bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2);
252b5132
RH		 6159 }
6160
46031ca9 6161 subseg_set (seg, 0);
252b5132
RH		 6162
6163
6164 /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
6165 descriptor. */
6166 p = frag_more (4);
6167 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
6168
6169 /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */
6170 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6171 call_info->start_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
46031ca9
JL		 6172 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6173 e_fsel, 32, 0, NULL);
252b5132
RH		 6174
6175 p = frag_more (4);
6176 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
6177
6178 /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
6179
6180 Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
6181 reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
6182 symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same
6183 value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
6184 finished with its work. */
6185
6186 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6187 call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
46031ca9
JL		 6188 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6189 e_fsel, 32, 0, NULL);
252b5132
RH		 6190
6191 /* Dump it. */
6192 unwind = (char *) &call_info->ci_unwind;
6193 for (i = 8; i < sizeof (struct unwind_table); i++)
6194 {
6195 c = *(unwind + i);
6196 {
6197 FRAG_APPEND_1_CHAR (c);
6198 }
6199 }
6200
6201 /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */
6202 subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
6203}
6204#endif
6205
6206/* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later
6207 to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support
6208 .ENTER and .LEAVE. */
6209
6210static void
6211pa_callinfo (unused)
3f9b03b5 6212 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
252b5132
RH		 6213{
6214 char *name, c, *p;
6215 int temp;
6216
49863f82 6217#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 6218 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6219 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
49863f82 6220#endif
252b5132
RH		 6221
6222 /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */
6223 if (!within_procedure)
6224 as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
6225
6226 /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
6227 current procedure. */
6228 callinfo_found = TRUE;
6229
6230 /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */
6231 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6232 {
6233 name = input_line_pointer;
6234 c = get_symbol_end ();
6235 /* Frame size specification. */
6236 if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0))
6237 {
6238 p = input_line_pointer;
6239 *p = c;
6240 input_line_pointer++;
6241 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6242 if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
6243 {
6244 as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
6245 temp = 0;
6246 }
6247
6248 /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */
6249 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8;
6250
6251 }
6252 /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */
6253 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0))
6254 {
6255 p = input_line_pointer;
6256 *p = c;
6257 input_line_pointer++;
6258 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6259 /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
6260 even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in
6261 the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */
6262 if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
6263 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
6264 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
6265 }
6266 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
6267 {
6268 p = input_line_pointer;
6269 *p = c;
6270 input_line_pointer++;
6271 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6272 /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
6273 though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */
6274 if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
6275 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
6276 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
6277 }
6278 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
6279 {
6280 p = input_line_pointer;
6281 *p = c;
6282 input_line_pointer++;
6283 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6284 if (temp != 3)
6285 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
6286 }
6287 /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */
6288 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) ||
6289 (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0))
6290 {
6291 p = input_line_pointer;
6292 *p = c;
6293 }
6294 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0))
6295 {
6296 p = input_line_pointer;
6297 *p = c;
6298 }
6299 /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */
6300 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0))
6301 {
6302 p = input_line_pointer;
6303 *p = c;
6304 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1;
6305 }
6306 /* Likewise for SP. */
6307 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0))
6308 {
6309 p = input_line_pointer;
6310 *p = c;
6311 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1;
6312 }
6313 /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so
6314 in the unwind descriptor. */
6315 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0))
6316 {
6317 p = input_line_pointer;
6318 *p = c;
6319 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1;
6320 }
6321 /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the
6322 unwind descriptor. */
6323 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0))
6324 {
6325 p = input_line_pointer;
6326 *p = c;
6327 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1;
6328 }
6329 /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my
6330 assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler
6331 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor
6332 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */
6333 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0))
6334 {
6335 p = input_line_pointer;
6336 *p = c;
6337 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1;
6338 }
6339 else
6340 {
6341 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
6342 *input_line_pointer = c;
6343 }
6344 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6345 input_line_pointer++;
6346 }
6347
6348 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6349}
6350
ad1079af
AM		 6351#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
6352/* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our
6353 label when finished. */
252b5132 6354static void
ad1079af 6355pa_text (unused)
3f9b03b5 6356 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
252b5132 6357{
49863f82 6358#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 6359 current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
6360 current_subspace
6361 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
49863f82 6362#endif
ad1079af 6363
252b5132
RH		 6364 s_text (0);
6365 pa_undefine_label ();
6366}
6367
ad1079af
AM		 6368/* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */
6369static void
6370pa_data (unused)
6371 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6372{
6373#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6374 current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
6375 current_subspace
6376 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6377#endif
6378 s_data (0);
6379 pa_undefine_label ();
6380}
6381
252b5132
RH		 6382/* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
6383 the .comm pseudo-op has the following symtax:
6384
6385 <label> .comm <length>
6386
6387 where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
6388 a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
6389 expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
6390 and subspace.
6391
6392 Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
6393
6394 This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
6395 on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number
6396 of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular
6397 the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What
6398 a pain.
6399
6400 This also makes error detection all but impossible. */
6401
6402static void
6403pa_comm (unused)
3f9b03b5 6404 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
252b5132
RH		 6405{
6406 unsigned int size;
6407 symbolS *symbol;
6408 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6409
6410 if (label_symbol)
6411 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6412 else
6413 symbol = NULL;
6414
6415 SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6416 size = get_absolute_expression ();
6417
6418 if (symbol)
6419 {
6420 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
6421 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6422 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6423
6424 /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
6425 current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
6426 fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */
a0f75b47 6427 symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
252b5132
RH		 6428 }
6429 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6430}
ad1079af 6431#endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX)) */
252b5132
RH		 6432
6433/* Process a .END pseudo-op. */
6434
6435static void
6436pa_end (unused)
3f9b03b5 6437 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
252b5132
RH		 6438{
6439 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6440}
6441
6442/* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */
6443static void
6444pa_enter (unused)
3f9b03b5 6445 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
252b5132 6446{
49863f82 6447#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 6448 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6449 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
49863f82 6450#endif
252b5132
RH		 6451
6452 as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
6453 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6454}
6455
6456/* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
6457 procesure. */
6458static void
6459pa_entry (unused)
3f9b03b5 6460 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
252b5132 6461{
49863f82 6462#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 6463 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6464 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
49863f82 6465#endif
252b5132
RH		 6466
6467 if (!within_procedure)
6468 as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
6469 else
6470 {
6471 if (!callinfo_found)
6472 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
6473 }
6474 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6475 within_entry_exit = TRUE;
6476
6477#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6478 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6479 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6480 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6481 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6482
6483 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6484 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6485 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6486 denote the entry and exit points. */
6487 if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
6488 {
6489 char *where = frag_more (0);
6490
6491 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6492 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
6493 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6494 (int *) &last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6495 }
6496#endif
6497}
6498
6499/* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */
6500
6501static void
6502pa_equ (reg)
6503 int reg;
6504{
6505 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6506 symbolS *symbol;
6507
6508 if (label_symbol)
6509 {
6510 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6511 if (reg)
6512 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0));
6513 else
6514 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) get_absolute_expression ());
6515 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
6516 }
6517 else
6518 {
6519 if (reg)
6520 as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
6521 else
6522 as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
6523 }
6524
6525 pa_undefine_label ();
6526 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6527}
6528
6529/* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This
6530 usually involves creating some relocations or building special
6531 symbols to mark the end of the function. */
6532
6533static void
6534process_exit ()
6535{
6536 char *where;
6537
6538 where = frag_more (0);
6539
6540#ifdef OBJ_ELF
6541 /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag
6542 for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace
6543 to add an entry in the unwind table. */
6544 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
6545 pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info);
6546#else
6547 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6548 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6549 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6550 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6551
6552 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6553 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6554 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6555 denote the entry and exit points. */
6556 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6557 NULL, (offsetT) 0,
6558 NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6559 (int *) &last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor + 1);
6560#endif
6561}
6562
6563/* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */
6564
6565static void
6566pa_exit (unused)
3f9b03b5 6567 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
252b5132 6568{
49863f82 6569#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 6570 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6571 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
49863f82 6572#endif
252b5132
RH		 6573
6574 if (!within_procedure)
6575 as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
6576 else
6577 {
6578 if (!callinfo_found)
6579 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
6580 else
6581 {
6582 if (!within_entry_exit)
6583 as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
6584 else
6585 {
6586 within_entry_exit = FALSE;
6587 process_exit ();
6588 }
6589 }
6590 }
6591 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6592}
6593
6594/* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external
6595 and provides information such as argument relocation entries
6596 to callers. */
6597
6598static void
6599pa_export (unused)
3f9b03b5 6600 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
252b5132
RH		 6601{
6602 char *name, c, *p;
6603 symbolS *symbol;
6604
6605 name = input_line_pointer;
6606 c = get_symbol_end ();
6607 /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */
6608 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6609 {
6610 as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
6611 p = input_line_pointer;
6612 *p = c;
6613 input_line_pointer++;
6614 }
6615 else
6616 {
20348649
JL		 6617 /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
6618 For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
6619 S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
6620 Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually
6621 set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */
252b5132 6622 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
20348649 6623 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
252b5132
RH		 6624 p = input_line_pointer;
6625 *p = c;
6626 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6627 {
6628 input_line_pointer++;
6629 pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
6630 }
6631 }
6632
6633 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6634}
6635
6636/* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */
6637
6638static void
6639pa_type_args (symbolP, is_export)
6640 symbolS *symbolP;
6641 int is_export;
6642{
6643 char *name, c, *p;
6644 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6645 pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
252b5132
RH		 6646
6647 if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
6648
6649 {
6650 input_line_pointer += 8;
a0f75b47 6651 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP)->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
252b5132
RH		 6652 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
6653 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
6654 }
6655 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
6656 {
6657 input_line_pointer += 4;
6658 /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM,
6659 instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types.
6660
6661 Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
6662 done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
6663 silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */
a0f75b47 6664 if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
252b5132
RH		 6665 {
6666 if (is_export)
a0f75b47
ILT		 6667 as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
6668 S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
252b5132 6669
a0f75b47 6670 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
252b5132
RH		 6671 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6672 }
6673 else
6674 {
a0f75b47 6675 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP)->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
252b5132
RH		 6676 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
6677 }
6678 }
6679 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
6680 {
6681 input_line_pointer += 4;
a0f75b47 6682 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP)->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
7acbfc6b 6683 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP)->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
252b5132
RH		 6684 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
6685 }
6686 else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
6687 {
6688 input_line_pointer += 5;
a0f75b47 6689 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
252b5132
RH		 6690 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6691 }
6692 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
6693 {
6694 input_line_pointer += 9;
a0f75b47 6695 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
252b5132
RH		 6696 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
6697 }
6698 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
6699 {
6700 input_line_pointer += 6;
a0f75b47 6701 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP)->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
252b5132
RH		 6702 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
6703 }
6704 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
6705 {
6706 input_line_pointer += 8;
a0f75b47 6707 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
252b5132
RH		 6708 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
6709 }
6710 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
6711 {
6712 input_line_pointer += 8;
a0f75b47 6713 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
252b5132
RH		 6714 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
6715 }
6716
6717 /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types
6718 than BFD understands. This is how we get this information
6719 to the SOM BFD backend. */
6720#ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
a0f75b47 6721 obj_set_symbol_type (symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP), (int) type);
252b5132
RH		 6722#endif
6723
6724 /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
6725 handle any argument relocation information. */
6726 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6727 {
6728 if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
6729 input_line_pointer++;
6730 name = input_line_pointer;
6731 c = get_symbol_end ();
6732 /* Argument sources. */
6733 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6734 {
6735 p = input_line_pointer;
6736 *p = c;
6737 input_line_pointer++;
6738 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6739 name = input_line_pointer;
6740 c = get_symbol_end ();
6741 arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
25a8b250 6742#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
ad1079af 6743 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
49863f82 6744#endif
252b5132
RH		 6745 *input_line_pointer = c;
6746 }
6747 /* The return value. */
6748 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0)
6749 {
6750 p = input_line_pointer;
6751 *p = c;
6752 input_line_pointer++;
6753 name = input_line_pointer;
6754 c = get_symbol_end ();
6755 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
25a8b250 6756#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
ad1079af 6757 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
49863f82 6758#endif
252b5132
RH		 6759 *input_line_pointer = c;
6760 }
6761 /* Privelege level. */
6762 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
6763 {
6764 p = input_line_pointer;
6765 *p = c;
6766 input_line_pointer++;
6767 temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
49863f82 6768#ifdef OBJ_SOM
ad1079af
AM		 6769 ((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP))
6770 ->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
49863f82 6771#endif
252b5132
RH		 6772 c = get_symbol_end ();
6773 *input_line_pointer = c;
6774 }
6775 else
6776 {
6777 as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
6778 p = input_line_pointer;
6779 *p = c;
6780 }
6781 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6782 input_line_pointer++;
6783 }
6784}
6785
6786/* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given
6787 assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
6788 explicitly IMPORTED from another. */
6789
6790static void
6791pa_import (unused)
3f9b03b5 6792 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
252b5132
RH		 6793{
6794 char *name, c, *p;
6795 symbolS *symbol;
6796
6797 name = input_line_pointer;
6798 c = get_symbol_end ();
6799
6800 symbol = symbol_find (name);
6801 /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file,
6802 in which case all the code below will really screw things up
6803 (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */
6804 if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol))
6805 {
6806 symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
6807 p = input_line_pointer;
6808 *p = c;
6809
6810 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6811 {
6812 input_line_pointer++;
6813 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6814 }
6815 else
6816 {
6817 /* Sigh. To be compatable with the HP assembler and to help
6818 poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
6819 the the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
6820 matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */
6821 if (now_seg == text_section)
a0f75b47 6822 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
252b5132
RH		 6823
6824 /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
6825 Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */
6826 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6827 }
6828 }
6829 else
6830 {
6831 /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to
6832 the end of the current statement. */
6833 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6834 input_line_pointer++;
6835 }
6836
6837 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6838}
6839
6840/* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */
6841
6842static void
6843pa_label (unused)
3f9b03b5 6844 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
252b5132
RH		 6845{
6846 char *name, c, *p;
6847
6848 name = input_line_pointer;
6849 c = get_symbol_end ();
6850
6851 if (strlen (name) > 0)
6852 {
6853 colon (name);
6854 p = input_line_pointer;
6855 *p = c;
6856 }
6857 else
6858 {
6859 as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
6860 }
6861
6862 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6863 {
6864 as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
6865 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6866 }
6867 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6868}
6869
6870/* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */
6871
6872static void
6873pa_leave (unused)
3f9b03b5 6874 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
252b5132 6875{
49863f82 6876#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 6877 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6878 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
49863f82 6879#endif
252b5132
RH		 6880
6881 as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
6882 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6883}
6884
6885/* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */
6886
6887static void
6888pa_level (unused)
3f9b03b5 6889 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
252b5132
RH		 6890{
6891 char *level;
6892
6893 level = input_line_pointer;
6894 if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0)
6895 {
6896 input_line_pointer += 3;
6897 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
6898 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6899 }
6900 else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0)
6901 {
6902 input_line_pointer += 3;
6903 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
6904 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6905 }
46031ca9
JL		 6906 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0)
6907 {
6908 input_line_pointer += 4;
6909 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
6910 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6911 }
252b5132
RH		 6912 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0)
6913 {
6914 input_line_pointer += 3;
6915 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
6916 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6917 }
6918 else
6919 {
6920 as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
6921 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6922 }
6923 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6924}
6925
6926/* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */
6927
6928static void
6929pa_origin (unused)
3f9b03b5 6930 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
252b5132 6931{
49863f82 6932#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 6933 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6934 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
49863f82 6935#endif
252b5132
RH		 6936
6937 s_org (0);
6938 pa_undefine_label ();
6939}
6940
6941/* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it
6942 is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */
6943
6944static void
6945pa_param (unused)
3f9b03b5 6946 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
252b5132
RH		 6947{
6948 char *name, c, *p;
6949 symbolS *symbol;
6950
6951 name = input_line_pointer;
6952 c = get_symbol_end ();
6953
6954 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6955 {
6956 as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
6957 p = input_line_pointer;
6958 *p = c;
6959 input_line_pointer++;
6960 }
6961 else
6962 {
6963 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6964 p = input_line_pointer;
6965 *p = c;
6966 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6967 {
6968 input_line_pointer++;
6969 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6970 }
6971 }
6972
6973 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6974}
6975
6976/* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning
ad1079af 6977 of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */
252b5132
RH		 6978
6979static void
6980pa_proc (unused)
3f9b03b5 6981 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
252b5132
RH		 6982{
6983 struct call_info *call_info;
6984
49863f82 6985#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 6986 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6987 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
49863f82 6988#endif
252b5132
RH		 6989
6990 if (within_procedure)
6991 as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
6992
6993 /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */
6994 callinfo_found = FALSE;
6995 within_procedure = TRUE;
6996
6997 /* Create another call_info structure. */
6998 call_info = (struct call_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct call_info));
6999
7000 if (!call_info)
7001 as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
7002
7003 memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
7004
7005 call_info->ci_next = NULL;
7006
7007 if (call_info_root == NULL)
7008 {
7009 call_info_root = call_info;
7010 last_call_info = call_info;
7011 }
7012 else
7013 {
7014 last_call_info->ci_next = call_info;
7015 last_call_info = call_info;
7016 }
7017
7018 /* set up defaults on call_info structure */
7019
7020 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0;
7021 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1;
7022 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0;
7023
7024 /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined
7025 locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */
7026 {
7027 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7028
7029 if (label_symbol)
7030 {
7031 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7032 {
7033 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
a0f75b47 7034 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
252b5132
RH		 7035 }
7036 else
7037 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7038 }
7039 else
7040 last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
7041 }
7042
7043 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7044}
7045
7046/* Process the syntatical end of a procedure. Make sure all the
7047 appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */
7048
7049static void
7050pa_procend (unused)
3f9b03b5 7051 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
252b5132
RH		 7052{
7053
49863f82 7054#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 7055 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
7056 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
49863f82 7057#endif
252b5132
RH		 7058
7059 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
7060 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
7061 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
7062
7063 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
7064 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
7065 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
7066 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
7067 {
7068 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7069
7070 if (label_symbol)
7071 {
7072 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7073 {
7074 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
a0f75b47
ILT		 7075 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
7076 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
252b5132
RH		 7077#ifdef OBJ_SOM
7078 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
7079 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
7080 if (within_entry_exit)
7081 {
7082 char *where = frag_more (0);
7083
7084 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
7085 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
7086 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0,
7087 (int *) &last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
7088 }
7089#endif
7090 }
7091 else
7092 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7093 }
7094 else
7095 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
7096 }
7097
7098 if (!within_procedure)
7099 as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
7100
7101 if (!callinfo_found)
7102 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
7103
7104 if (within_entry_exit)
7105 as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
7106
7107#ifdef OBJ_ELF
7108 /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
7109 the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table). */
7110 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
7111#endif
7112
7113 within_procedure = FALSE;
7114 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7115 pa_undefine_label ();
7116}
7117
3f9b03b5
AM		 7118
7119#ifdef OBJ_SOM
49863f82
JL		 7120/* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
7121 return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */
7122
7123static int
7124log2 (value)
7125 int value;
7126{
7127 int shift = 0;
7128
7129 while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
7130 shift++;
7131
7132 if (shift >= 32)
7133 return -1;
7134 else
7135 return shift;
7136}
7137
49863f82
JL		 7138/* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */
7139
7140static void
7141pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ()
7142{
7143 if (current_space == NULL)
7144 as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
7145
7146 if (current_subspace == NULL)
7147 as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
7148}
7149
252b5132
RH		 7150/* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
7151 then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
7152 by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */
7153
7154static sd_chain_struct *
7155pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, create_flag)
7156 char *space_name;
7157 int create_flag;
7158{
7159 char *name, *ptemp, c;
7160 char loadable, defined, private, sort;
7161 int spnum, temp;
7162 asection *seg = NULL;
7163 sd_chain_struct *space;
7164
7165 /* load default values */
7166 spnum = 0;
7167 sort = 0;
7168 loadable = TRUE;
7169 defined = TRUE;
7170 private = FALSE;
7171 if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
7172 {
7173 seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
7174 defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
7175 private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
7176 sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
7177 spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
7178 }
7179 else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
7180 {
7181 seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
7182 defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
7183 private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
7184 sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
7185 spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
7186 }
7187
7188 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7189 {
7190 print_errors = FALSE;
7191 ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
7192 /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
7193 as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
7194 the line should be ignored. */
7195 temp = pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
7196 if (temp >= 0)
7197 {
7198 spnum = temp;
7199 input_line_pointer = ptemp;
7200 }
7201 else
7202 {
7203 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7204 {
7205 input_line_pointer++;
7206 name = input_line_pointer;
7207 c = get_symbol_end ();
7208 if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0))
7209 {
7210 *input_line_pointer = c;
7211 input_line_pointer++;
7212 spnum = get_absolute_expression ();
7213 }
7214 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7215 {
7216 *input_line_pointer = c;
7217 input_line_pointer++;
7218 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7219 }
7220 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7221 {
7222 *input_line_pointer = c;
7223 loadable = FALSE;
7224 }
7225 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0))
7226 {
7227 *input_line_pointer = c;
7228 defined = FALSE;
7229 }
7230 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0))
7231 {
7232 *input_line_pointer = c;
7233 private = TRUE;
7234 }
7235 else
7236 {
7237 as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
7238 *input_line_pointer = c;
7239 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7240 input_line_pointer++;
7241 }
7242 }
7243 }
7244 print_errors = TRUE;
7245 }
7246
7247 if (create_flag && seg == NULL)
7248 seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
7249
7250 /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
7251 the attributes computed above. Else set the values in
7252 an already existing space -- this can only happen for
7253 the first occurence of a built-in space. */
7254 if (create_flag)
7255 space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
7256 private, sort, seg, 1);
7257 else
7258 {
7259 space = is_defined_space (space_name);
7260 SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
7261 SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
7262 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
7263 }
7264
7265#ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7266 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7267#endif
7268
7269 return space;
7270}
7271
7272/* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the
7273 given space, creating the new space if necessary. */
7274
7275static void
7276pa_space (unused)
3f9b03b5 7277 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
252b5132
RH		 7278{
7279 char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
7280 int temp;
7281 sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
7282
7283 if (within_procedure)
7284 {
7285 as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7286 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7287 }
7288 else
7289 {
7290 /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code
7291 below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts
7292 and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */
7293 /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right?
7294 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */
7295 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0)
7296 {
7297 input_line_pointer += 6;
7298 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
7299 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7300 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1);
7301 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7302 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0);
7303
7304 current_space = sd_chain;
7305 subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7306 current_subspace
7307 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section,
7308 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7309 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7310 return;
7311 }
7312 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0)
7313 {
7314 input_line_pointer += 9;
7315 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
7316 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7317 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1);
7318 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7319 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0);
7320
7321 current_space = sd_chain;
7322 subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7323 current_subspace
7324 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section,
7325 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7326 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7327 return;
7328 }
7329 if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer,
7330 GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME,
7331 strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME)))
7332 {
7333 input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7334 sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7335 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7336 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1);
7337 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7338 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0);
7339
7340 current_space = sd_chain;
7341
7342 {
7343 asection *gdb_section
7344 = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7345
7346 subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7347 current_subspace
7348 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section,
7349 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7350 }
7351 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7352 return;
7353 }
7354
7355 /* It could be a space specified by number. */
7356 print_errors = 0;
7357 save_s = input_line_pointer;
7358 if ((temp = pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0)) >= 0)
7359 {
7360 if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (temp)))
7361 {
7362 current_space = sd_chain;
7363
7364 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7365 current_subspace
7366 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7367 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7368 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7369 return;
7370 }
7371 }
7372
7373 /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */
7374 print_errors = 1;
7375 input_line_pointer = save_s;
7376 name = input_line_pointer;
7377 c = get_symbol_end ();
7378 space_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7379 strcpy (space_name, name);
7380 *input_line_pointer = c;
7381
7382 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1);
7383 current_space = sd_chain;
7384
7385 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7386 current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7387 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7388 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7389 }
7390}
7391
7392/* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */
7393
7394static void
7395pa_spnum (unused)
3f9b03b5 7396 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
252b5132
RH		 7397{
7398 char *name;
7399 char c;
7400 char *p;
7401 sd_chain_struct *space;
7402
7403 name = input_line_pointer;
7404 c = get_symbol_end ();
7405 space = is_defined_space (name);
7406 if (space)
7407 {
7408 p = frag_more (4);
7409 md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
7410 }
7411 else
7412 as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
7413
7414 *input_line_pointer = c;
7415 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7416}
7417
252b5132
RH		 7418/* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
7419 given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
7420
7421 FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
7422 they're broken up into subroutines. */
7423
7424static void
7425pa_subspace (create_new)
7426 int create_new;
7427{
49863f82 7428 char *name, *ss_name, c;
252b5132
RH		 7429 char loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
7430 int i, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
7431 sd_chain_struct *space;
7432 ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
7433 asection *section;
7434
7435 if (current_space == NULL)
7436 as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
7437
7438 if (within_procedure)
7439 {
7440 as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7441 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7442 }
7443 else
7444 {
7445 name = input_line_pointer;
7446 c = get_symbol_end ();
7447 ss_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7448 strcpy (ss_name, name);
7449 *input_line_pointer = c;
7450
7451 /* Load default values. */
7452 sort = 0;
7453 access = 0x7f;
7454 loadable = 1;
7455 common = 0;
7456 dup_common = 0;
7457 code_only = 0;
7458 zero = 0;
7459 space_index = ~0;
7460 alignment = 1;
7461 quadrant = 0;
252b5132
RH		 7462
7463 space = current_space;
7464 if (create_new)
7465 ssd = NULL;
7466 else
7467 ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
7468 /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But
7469 only allow the attributes to be changed once! */
7470 if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
7471 {
7472 subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
7473 current_subspace = ssd;
7474 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7475 as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
7476 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7477 return;
7478 }
7479 else
7480 {
7481 /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of
7482 the builtin subspaces. */
7483 i = 0;
7484 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7485 {
7486 if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
7487 {
7488 loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
7489 common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
7490 dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
7491 code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
7492 zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero;
7493 space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index;
7494 alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment;
7495 quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
7496 access = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
7497 sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
252b5132
RH		 7498 break;
7499 }
7500 i++;
7501 }
7502 }
7503
7504 /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in
7505 any information as specified by the user. */
7506 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7507 {
7508 input_line_pointer++;
7509 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7510 {
7511 name = input_line_pointer;
7512 c = get_symbol_end ();
7513 if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0))
7514 {
7515 *input_line_pointer = c;
7516 input_line_pointer++;
7517 quadrant = get_absolute_expression ();
7518 }
7519 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0))
7520 {
7521 *input_line_pointer = c;
7522 input_line_pointer++;
7523 alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
7524 if (log2 (alignment) == -1)
7525 {
7526 as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
7527 alignment = 1;
7528 }
7529 }
7530 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0))
7531 {
7532 *input_line_pointer = c;
7533 input_line_pointer++;
7534 access = get_absolute_expression ();
7535 }
7536 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7537 {
7538 *input_line_pointer = c;
7539 input_line_pointer++;
7540 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7541 }
7542 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0))
7543 {
7544 *input_line_pointer = c;
7545 code_only = 1;
7546 }
7547 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7548 {
7549 *input_line_pointer = c;
7550 loadable = 0;
7551 }
7552 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
7553 {
7554 *input_line_pointer = c;
7555 common = 1;
7556 }
7557 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0))
7558 {
7559 *input_line_pointer = c;
7560 dup_common = 1;
7561 }
7562 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0))
7563 {
7564 *input_line_pointer = c;
7565 zero = 1;
7566 }
7567 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
7568 as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
7569 else
7570 as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
7571 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7572 input_line_pointer++;
7573 }
7574 }
7575
7576 /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information
7577 in the .subspace directive. */
7578 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7579 flags = 0;
7580 if (loadable)
7581 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
7582 if (code_only)
7583 flags |= SEC_CODE;
7584 if (common || dup_common)
7585 flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
7586
7587 flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7588
7589 /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */
7590 if (zero)
7591 flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7592
7593 applicable &= flags;
7594
7595 /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
7596 segment already associated with the subspace.
7597
7598 FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
7599 lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF
7600 code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything
7601 but the "standard" sections for ELF. */
7602 if (create_new)
7603 section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
7604 else if (ssd)
7605 section = ssd->ssd_seg;
252b5132
RH		 7606 else
7607 section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
7608
7609 if (zero)
7610 seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
7611
7612 /* Now set the flags. */
7613 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable);
7614
7615 /* Record any alignment request for this section. */
7616 record_alignment (section, log2 (alignment));
7617
7618 /* Set the starting offset for this section. */
7619 bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section,
7620 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant));
7621
7622 /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace,
7623 or create a new one. */
7624 if (ssd)
7625
7626 current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7627 code_only, common, dup_common,
7628 sort, zero, access, space_index,
7629 alignment, quadrant,
7630 section);
7631 else
7632 current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7633 code_only, common,
7634 dup_common, zero, sort,
7635 access, space_index,
7636 alignment, quadrant, section);
7637
7638 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7639 current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
7640 subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg);
7641 }
7642 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
7643}
7644
7645
7646/* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */
7647
7648static void
7649pa_spaces_begin ()
7650{
7651 int i;
7652
7653 space_dict_root = NULL;
7654 space_dict_last = NULL;
7655
7656 i = 0;
7657 while (pa_def_spaces[i].name)
7658 {
7659 char *name;
7660
7661 /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */
49863f82 7662 name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
252b5132
RH		 7663
7664 pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
7665 create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
7666 pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined,
7667 pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort,
7668 pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0);
7669 i++;
7670 }
7671
7672 i = 0;
7673 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7674 {
7675 char *name;
7676 int applicable, subsegment;
7677 asection *segment = NULL;
7678 sd_chain_struct *space;
7679
7680 /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
7681 subsegment number. */
49863f82
JL		 7682 name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
7683 subsegment = 0;
252b5132
RH		 7684
7685 /* Create the new section. */
7686 segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
7687
7688
7689 /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
7690 sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for
7691 all the built-in subspaces. */
49863f82 7692 if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
252b5132
RH		 7693 {
7694 text_section = segment;
7695 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7696 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7697 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7698 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
7699 | SEC_READONLY
7700 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7701 }
49863f82 7702 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
252b5132
RH		 7703 {
7704 data_section = segment;
7705 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7706 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7707 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7708 | SEC_RELOC
7709 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7710
7711
7712 }
49863f82 7713 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
252b5132
RH		 7714 {
7715 bss_section = segment;
7716 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7717 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7718 applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
7719 }
49863f82 7720 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
252b5132
RH		 7721 {
7722 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7723 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7724 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7725 | SEC_RELOC
7726 | SEC_READONLY
7727 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7728 }
49863f82 7729 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
252b5132
RH		 7730 {
7731 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7732 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7733 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7734 | SEC_RELOC
7735 | SEC_READONLY
7736 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7737 }
49863f82 7738 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
252b5132
RH		 7739 {
7740 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7741 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7742 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7743 | SEC_RELOC
7744 | SEC_READONLY
7745 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7746 }
7747
7748 /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */
7749 space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
7750 def_space_index].segment);
7751 if (space == NULL)
7752 {
7753 as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
7754 pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
7755 }
7756
7757 create_new_subspace (space, name,
7758 pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
7759 pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
7760 pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
7761 pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
7762 pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
7763 pa_def_subspaces[i].sort,
7764 pa_def_subspaces[i].access,
7765 pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index,
7766 pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment,
7767 pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant,
7768 segment);
7769 i++;
7770 }
7771}
7772
7773
7774
7775/* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7776 by the given parameters. */
7777
7778static sd_chain_struct *
7779create_new_space (name, spnum, loadable, defined, private,
7780 sort, seg, user_defined)
7781 char *name;
7782 int spnum;
7783 int loadable;
7784 int defined;
7785 int private;
7786 int sort;
7787 asection *seg;
7788 int user_defined;
7789{
7790 sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7791
7792 chain_entry = (sd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (sd_chain_struct));
7793 if (!chain_entry)
7794 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new space chain entry: %s\n"),
7795 name);
7796
7797 SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7798 strcpy (SPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7799 SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
7800 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
7801 SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum;
7802
7803 chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
7804 chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
7805 chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
7806 chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
7807
7808 /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */
7809 if (!space_dict_last)
7810 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7811
7812 if (space_dict_root == NULL)
7813 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7814 else
7815 {
7816 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7817 sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7818
7819 chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7820 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7821
7822 while (chain_pointer)
7823 {
7824 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7825 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next;
7826 }
7827
7828 /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new
7829 entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */
7830 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7831 {
7832 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7833 prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry;
7834 }
7835 else
7836 {
7837 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7838 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7839 }
7840
7841 if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL)
7842 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7843 }
7844
7845 /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get
7846 modified by the user's input. Another call is found at
7847 the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where
7848 the user modifies a predefined space. */
7849#ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7850 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7851#endif
7852
7853 return chain_entry;
7854}
7855
7856/* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7857 by the given parameters.
7858
7859 Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical
7860 order as defined by the SORT entries. */
7861
7862static ssd_chain_struct *
7863create_new_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, common,
7864 dup_common, is_zero, sort, access, space_index,
7865 alignment, quadrant, seg)
7866 sd_chain_struct *space;
7867 char *name;
7868 int loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, is_zero;
7869 int sort;
7870 int access;
7871 int space_index;
7872 int alignment;
7873 int quadrant;
7874 asection *seg;
7875{
7876 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7877
7878 chain_entry = (ssd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (ssd_chain_struct));
7879 if (!chain_entry)
7880 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new subspace chain entry: %s\n"), name);
7881
7882 SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7883 strcpy (SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7884
7885 /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive
7886 we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */
7887 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
7888
49863f82 7889 chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
252b5132
RH		 7890 chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
7891 chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
7892
7893 /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */
7894 if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL)
7895 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7896 else
7897 {
7898 ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7899 ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7900
7901 chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces;
7902 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7903
7904 while (chain_pointer)
7905 {
7906 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7907 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next;
7908 }
7909
7910 /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update
7911 the links. */
7912 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7913 {
7914 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7915 prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry;
7916 }
7917 else
7918 {
7919 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7920 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7921 }
7922 }
7923
7924#ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7925 obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access,
7926 sort, quadrant);
7927#endif
7928
7929 return chain_entry;
7930}
7931
7932/* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the
7933 various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */
7934
7935static ssd_chain_struct *
7936update_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, sort,
7937 zero, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, section)
7938 sd_chain_struct *space;
7939 char *name;
7940 int loadable;
7941 int code_only;
7942 int common;
7943 int dup_common;
7944 int zero;
7945 int sort;
7946 int access;
7947 int space_index;
7948 int alignment;
7949 int quadrant;
7950 asection *section;
7951{
7952 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7953
7954 chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
7955
7956#ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7957 obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access,
7958 sort, quadrant);
7959#endif
7960
7961 return chain_entry;
7962}
7963
7964/* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or
7965 NULL if no such space exists. */
7966
7967static sd_chain_struct *
7968is_defined_space (name)
7969 char *name;
7970{
7971 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7972
7973 for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7974 chain_pointer;
7975 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
7976 {
7977 if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
7978 return chain_pointer;
7979 }
7980
7981 /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */
7982 return NULL;
7983}
7984
7985/* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping
7986 from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
7987
7988 Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
7989 so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */
7990
7991static sd_chain_struct *
7992pa_segment_to_space (seg)
7993 asection *seg;
7994{
7995 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7996
7997 /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */
7998 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7999 space_chain;
8000 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8001 {
8002 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8003 return space_chain;
8004 }
8005
8006 /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */
8007 return NULL;
8008}
8009
8010/* Return the space chain entry for the subspace with the name NAME or
8011 NULL if no such subspace exists.
8012
8013 Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
8014 not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
8015 own subspace. */
8016
8017static ssd_chain_struct *
8018is_defined_subspace (name)
8019 char *name;
8020{
8021 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8022 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8023
8024 /* Walk through each space. */
8025 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8026 space_chain;
8027 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8028 {
8029 /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */
8030 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8031 subspace_chain;
8032 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8033 if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0)
8034 return subspace_chain;
8035 }
8036
8037 /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */
8038 return NULL;
8039}
8040
8041/* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no
8042 mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
8043
8044 If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
8045 (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
8046 to become more efficient. */
8047
8048static ssd_chain_struct *
8049pa_subsegment_to_subspace (seg, subseg)
8050 asection *seg;
8051 subsegT subseg;
8052{
8053 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8054 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8055
8056 /* Walk through each space. */
8057 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8058 space_chain;
8059 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8060 {
8061 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8062 {
8063 /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for
8064 the correct mapping. */
8065 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8066 subspace_chain;
8067 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8068 if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg)
8069 return subspace_chain;
8070 }
8071 }
8072
8073 /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */
8074 return NULL;
8075}
8076
8077/* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
8078
8079 Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
8080 that was found or NULL on failure. */
8081
8082static sd_chain_struct *
8083pa_find_space_by_number (number)
8084 int number;
8085{
8086 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8087
8088 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8089 space_chain;
8090 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8091 {
8092 if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
8093 return space_chain;
8094 }
8095
8096 /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */
8097 return NULL;
8098}
8099
8100/* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting
8101 address is unknown then return zero. */
8102
8103static unsigned int
8104pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant)
8105 sd_chain_struct *space;
8106 int quadrant;
8107{
252b5132
RH		 8108 /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
8109 is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */
8110 if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1)
8111 return 0x40000000;
8112 else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1)
8113 return 0x40000000;
8114 else
8115 return 0;
252b5132
RH		 8116 return 0;
8117}
8118
8119/* FIXME. Needs documentation. */
8120static int
8121pa_next_subseg (space)
8122 sd_chain_struct *space;
8123{
8124
8125 space->sd_last_subseg++;
8126 return space->sd_last_subseg;
8127}
49863f82 8128#endif
252b5132
RH		 8129
8130/* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of
8131 a string. */
8132
8133static unsigned int
8134pa_stringer_aux (s)
8135 char *s;
8136{
8137 unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
8138
252b5132
RH		 8139 switch (c)
8140 {
8141 case '\"':
8142 c = NOT_A_CHAR;
8143 break;
8144 default:
8145 break;
8146 }
8147 return c;
8148}
8149
8150/* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */
8151
8152static void
8153pa_stringer (append_zero)
8154 int append_zero;
8155{
8156 char *s, num_buf[4];
8157 unsigned int c;
8158 int i;
8159
8160 /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
ad1079af 8161 For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
252b5132
RH		 8162 changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */
8163
ad1079af
AM		 8164#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8165 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8166 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8167#endif
8168
252b5132
RH		 8169 /* Skip the opening quote. */
8170 s = input_line_pointer + 1;
8171
8172 while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++)))
8173 {
8174 if (c == '\\')
8175 {
8176 c = *s;
8177 switch (c)
8178 {
8179 /* Handle \x<num>. */
8180 case 'x':
8181 {
8182 unsigned int number;
8183 int num_digit;
8184 char dg;
8185 char *s_start = s;
8186
ad1079af 8187 /* Get past the 'x'. */
252b5132
RH		 8188 s++;
8189 for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
8190 num_digit < 2
8191 && (isdigit (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8192 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
8193 num_digit++)
8194 {
8195 if (isdigit (dg))
8196 number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
8197 else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8198 number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
8199 else
8200 number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10;
8201
8202 s++;
8203 dg = *s;
8204 }
8205 if (num_digit > 0)
8206 {
8207 switch (num_digit)
8208 {
8209 case 1:
8210 sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number);
8211 break;
8212 case 2:
8213 sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number);
8214 break;
8215 }
8216 for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++)
8217 s_start[i] = num_buf[i];
8218 }
8219 break;
8220 }
8221 /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */
8222 default:
8223 s++;
8224 break;
8225 }
8226 }
8227 }
8228 stringer (append_zero);
8229 pa_undefine_label ();
8230}
8231
8232/* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */
8233
8234static void
8235pa_version (unused)
3f9b03b5 8236 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
252b5132
RH		 8237{
8238 obj_version (0);
8239 pa_undefine_label ();
8240}
8241
8242#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8243
8244/* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */
8245
8246static void
8247pa_compiler (unused)
3f9b03b5 8248 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
252b5132
RH		 8249{
8250 obj_som_compiler (0);
8251 pa_undefine_label ();
8252}
8253
8254#endif
8255
8256/* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */
8257
8258static void
8259pa_copyright (unused)
3f9b03b5 8260 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
252b5132
RH		 8261{
8262 obj_copyright (0);
8263 pa_undefine_label ();
8264}
8265
8266/* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
8267 the latest space label. */
8268
8269static void
8270pa_cons (nbytes)
8271 int nbytes;
8272{
8273 cons (nbytes);
8274 pa_undefine_label ();
8275}
8276
252b5132
RH		 8277/* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */
8278
8279static void
8280pa_float_cons (float_type)
8281 int float_type;
8282{
8283 float_cons (float_type);
8284 pa_undefine_label ();
8285}
8286
8287/* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */
8288
8289static void
8290pa_fill (unused)
3f9b03b5 8291 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
252b5132 8292{
49863f82 8293#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 8294 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8295 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
49863f82 8296#endif
252b5132
RH		 8297
8298 s_fill (0);
8299 pa_undefine_label ();
8300}
8301
8302/* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */
8303
8304static void
8305pa_lcomm (needs_align)
8306 int needs_align;
8307{
49863f82 8308#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 8309 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8310 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
49863f82 8311#endif
252b5132
RH		 8312
8313 s_lcomm (needs_align);
8314 pa_undefine_label ();
8315}
8316
8317/* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */
8318
8319static void
8320pa_lsym (unused)
3f9b03b5 8321 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
252b5132 8322{
49863f82 8323#ifdef OBJ_SOM
252b5132
RH		 8324 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8325 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
49863f82 8326#endif
252b5132
RH		 8327
8328 s_lsym (0);
8329 pa_undefine_label ();
8330}
8331
252b5132
RH		 8332/* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
8333 adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
8334 relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
8335
8336 "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
8337 globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
8338 an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of
8339 the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
8340 with the address of "foo").
8341
8342 Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
8343 when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
8344 $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
8345
8346 The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
8347 any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
8348 selectors).
8349
8350 Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
d53d2751 8351 reductions make life a living hell for object file editors.
252b5132
RH		 8352
8353 FIXME. Also reject R_HPPA relocations which are 32bits wide in
8354 the code space. The SOM BFD backend doesn't know how to pull the
8355 right bits out of an instruction. */
8356
8357int
8358hppa_fix_adjustable (fixp)
8359 fixS *fixp;
8360{
8361 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
8362
8363 hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8364
8365#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8366 /* Reject reductions of symbols in 32bit relocs. */
8367 if (fixp->fx_r_type == R_HPPA && hppa_fix->fx_r_format == 32)
8368 return 0;
1cd1c99b 8369#endif
252b5132
RH		 8370
8371 /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
d53d2751 8372 the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
252b5132
RH		 8373
8374 XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
8375 for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
8376 supported using the optimizing hp linker. */
8377 if (fixp->fx_addsy
8378 && fixp->fx_subsy
8379 && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
8380 {
8381 /* Apparently sy_used_in_reloc never gets set for sub symbols. */
398e8c25 8382 symbol_mark_used_in_reloc (fixp->fx_subsy);
252b5132
RH		 8383 return 0;
8384 }
8385
8386 /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
1cd1c99b
AM		 8387
8388 If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
8389 adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
8390 the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice
8391 but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
8392 "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
8393 addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
8394 it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
8395 sum to the right value.
8396
8397 eg. Suppose we have
8398 . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21
8399 . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
25a8b250
AM		 8400 . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
8401
8402 If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
8403 reducing to the section symbol we get
8404 . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
8405 . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
8406 . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
8407 and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
8408 mutiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
8409
8410 In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
8411 will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
8412 addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
8413 linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case
1cd1c99b
AM		 8414 above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */
8415
252b5132
RH		 8416 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
8417 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
8418 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
8419 return 0;
252b5132
RH		 8420
8421 /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
8422 relocations with plabels. */
8423 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
8424 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
8425 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
8426 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
8427 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
8428 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
8429 return 0;
8430
a0f75b47 8431 if (fixp->fx_addsy && S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixp->fx_addsy))
252b5132
RH		 8432 return 0;
8433
8434 /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */
8435 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8436 return 0;
8437
8438 /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */
a0f75b47 8439 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0 || ! S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
252b5132
RH		 8440 return 1;
8441
8442 return 0;
8443}
8444
8445/* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
8446 even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled
8447 within GAS. */
8448
8449int
8450hppa_force_relocation (fixp)
ad1079af 8451 struct fix *fixp;
252b5132
RH		 8452{
8453 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
8454 int distance;
8455
8456 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8457#ifdef OBJ_SOM
ad1079af
AM		 8458 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
8459 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
8460 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
8461 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
8462 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
8463 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
252b5132
RH		 8464 || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
8465 && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
8466 return 1;
8467#endif
8468
252b5132
RH		 8469 /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
8470 entry if they're going to need either a argument relocation or long
8471 call stub. FIXME. Can't we need the same for absolute calls? */
8472 if (fixp->fx_pcrel && fixp->fx_addsy
ad1079af
AM		 8473 && (arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
8474 hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc)))
252b5132 8475 return 1;
ad1079af 8476
252b5132
RH		 8477 distance = (fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy)
8478 - md_pcrel_from (fixp));
8479 /* Now check and see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */
ad1079af 8480 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
252b5132
RH		 8481 && (distance > 262143 || distance < -262144))
8482 return 1;
8483
ad1079af 8484 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
252b5132 8485 return 1;
252b5132
RH		 8486
8487 /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */
8488 return 0;
8489}
8490
8491/* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */
8492#ifdef OBJ_ELF
8493/* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
8494 the size of the function in hppa_elf_final_processing. */
8495
8496static void
8497hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ()
8498{
8499 /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a
8500 temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */
ad1079af
AM		 8501 char *name;
8502
8503 if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
8504 {
8505 /* We have already warned about a missing label,
8506 or other problems. */
8507 return;
8508 }
252b5132 8509
ad1079af
AM		 8510 name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001end_")
8511 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol))
8512 + 1);
252b5132
RH		 8513 if (name)
8514 {
8515 symbolS *symbolP;
8516
8517 strcpy (name, "L$\001end_");
8518 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol));
8519
8520 /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
8521 symbol will have already been defined. */
8522 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
8523 if (symbolP)
8524 {
8525 /* The symbol has already been defined! This can
8526 happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
8527
8528 This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free
8529 the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */
8530 xfree (name);
8531 }
8532 else
8533 {
8534 /* symbol value should be the offset of the
8535 last instruction of the function */
8536 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4),
8537 frag_now);
8538
8539 assert (symbolP);
a0f75b47 8540 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
252b5132
RH		 8541 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
8542 }
8543
8544 if (symbolP)
8545 last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
8546 else
8547 as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
8548
8549 }
8550 else
8551 as_bad (_("No memory for symbol name."));
8552
8553}
8554
8555/* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size
8556 field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the
8557 call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
8558 difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */
8559
8560void
8561elf_hppa_final_processing ()
8562{
8563 struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
8564
8565 for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
8566 call_info_pointer;
8567 call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
8568 {
8569 elf_symbol_type *esym
a0f75b47
ILT		 8570 = ((elf_symbol_type *)
8571 symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
252b5132
RH		 8572 esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
8573 S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
8574 - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
8575 }
8576}
2d93dcc4 8577
ad1079af
AM		 8578void
8579pa_end_of_source ()
2d93dcc4
JL		 8580{
8581 if (debug_type == DEBUG_DWARF2)
8582 dwarf2_finish ();
8583}
8584#endif
GDB Binutils - Deliverables
This page took 0.647288 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.